diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'tex')
82 files changed, 3148 insertions, 1480 deletions
diff --git a/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex index 60be87005..e0f476a49 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ %D To do: stroke versus fill color %D 1000 100 10 -> constants -%D Possible optimizaiton: store level in mark instead of name +%D Possible optimization: store level in mark instead of name \unprotect @@ -232,12 +232,20 @@ \def\@@cl@@z{0} \def\@@cl@@o{1} +% \def\@@resetcolorparameters +% {\let\@@cl@@r\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@g\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@b\@@cl@@z +% \let\@@cl@@c\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@m\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@y\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@k\@@cl@@z +% \let\@@cl@@s\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@p\@@cl@@o +% \let\@@cl@@t\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@a\@@cl@@z +% \let\@@cl@@h\empty \let\@@cl@@n\empty} + \def\@@resetcolorparameters - {\let\@@cl@@r\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@g\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@b\@@cl@@z - \let\@@cl@@c\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@m\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@y\@@cl@@z - \let\@@cl@@k\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@s\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@p\@@cl@@o - \let\@@cl@@t\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@a\@@cl@@z - \let\@@cl@@h\empty \let\@@cl@@n\empty} + {\let\@@cl@@r\@@cl@@z \let\@@cl@@g\@@cl@@z \let\@@cl@@b\@@cl@@z + \let\@@cl@@c\@@cl@@z \let\@@cl@@m\@@cl@@z \let\@@cl@@y\@@cl@@z \let\@@cl@@k\@@cl@@z + \let\@@cl@@s\@@cl@@z + \let\@@cl@@p\@@cl@@o \let\@@cl@@n\empty \let\@@cl@@d\empty \let\@@cl@@f\@@cl@@o + \let\@@cl@@h\empty + \let\@@cl@@t\@@cl@@z \let\@@cl@@a\@@cl@@z} \def\@@cl@@A{\@@cl@@a} % a hook for symbolic conversion, see below @@ -263,7 +271,10 @@ \def\colorSpattern{0S:\@@cl@@s:\@@cl@@A:\@@cl@@t} \def\colorCpattern{0C:\@@cl@@c:\@@cl@@m:\@@cl@@y:\@@cl@@k:\@@cl@@A:\@@cl@@t} \def\colorRpattern{0R:\@@cl@@r:\@@cl@@g:\@@cl@@b:\@@cl@@A:\@@cl@@t} -\def\colorPpattern{0P:\@@cl@@n:\@@cl@@p:\@@cl@@A:\@@cl@@t} + +%def\colorPpattern{0P:\@@cl@@n:\@@cl@@p:\@@cl@@A:\@@cl@@t} + +\def\colorPpattern{0P:\@@cl@@n:\@@cl@@f:\@@cl@@d:\@@cl@@p:\@@cl@@A:\@@cl@@t} %D The extra 0 catches empty colors specs (needed for the %D \type {\MPcolor} and \type {\PDFcolor} conversion (\type @@ -342,22 +353,22 @@ %D New and experimental. -\let\allspotcolors\empty +\let\allspotcolors \empty +\let\usedspotcolors \empty +\let\usedcolorchannels\empty \def\definespotcolor % [name] [color] [p=,t=,a=] {\dotripleempty\dodefinespotcolor} -\def\dodefinespotcolor[#1][#2][#3]% +\def\dodefinespotcolor[#1][#2][#3]% todo: always global {\doifnot{#1}{#2} {\@@resetcolorparameters \edef\@@cl@@n{#2}% \getparameters[\??cl @@][#3]% \doifnothing\@@cl@@p{\let\@@cl@@p\!!plusone}% \doglobal\addtocommalist{#2}\allspotcolors - \setevalue{\??cr#1}{\colorPpattern}% - \setvalue{#1}{\switchtocolor[#1]}}} - -\let\usedspotcolors\empty + \setxvalue{\??cr#1}{\colorPpattern}% was \setevalue + \setgvalue{#1}{\switchtocolor[#1]}}} % was \setvalue \def\registerusedspotcolors {\ifx\allspotcolors\empty \else @@ -370,8 +381,6 @@ \egroup \fi} -\let\usedcolorchannels\empty - \def\registerusedcolorchannels {\bgroup \doifdefinedelse{\??cs c} @@ -393,6 +402,90 @@ \def\registerusedspotcolor#1% {\global\@EA\chardef\csname\??cs#1\endcsname\zerocount} +%D On top of spotcolors, we define multitone colors. You'd better know +%D what you're doing because invalid definitions will lead to invalid +%D documents (i.e.\ resources). + +% \definecolor [darkblue] [c=.5,m=.5] +% \definecolor [darkyellow] [y=.5] +% +% \definemultitonecolor [whatever] [darkblue=.5,darkyellow=.5] [c=.25,m=.25,y=.25] [a=1,t=.5] +% \definemultitonecolor [another] [darkblue=.5,darkyellow=.5] [c=.25,m=.25,y=.25] + +\def\definemultitonecolor + {\doquadrupleempty\dodefinemultitonecolor} + +\def\dodefinemultitonecolor[#1][#2][#3][#4]% + {\let\@@cl@@cl@@D\empty % n's + \let\@@cl@@cl@@P\empty % p's + \let\@@cl@@cl@@N\empty % name + \scratchcounter\zerocount + \processcommacommand[#2]\dododefinemultitonecolor + \bgroup + \lccode`\.=`\_\lccode`\,=`\_\lccode`\:=`\_\lccode`\;=`\_% + \lccode`\+=`\_\lccode`\-=`\_\lccode`\*=`\_\lccode`\/=`\_% + % not needed, other attribute in driver: + % + % \@@resetcolorparameters + % \getparameters[#4]% + % \ifx\@@cl@@t\@@cl@@z\else + % \edef\@@cl@@cl@@N{\@@cl@@cl@@N_\@@cl@@t_\@@cl@@a}% + % \fi + \lowercase\@EA{\@EA\xdef\@EA\multitonecolor\@EA{\@@cl@@cl@@N}}% + \egroup + \setxvalue{\??cl\multitonecolor\s!check}{\noexpand\docheckmultitonecolor{\@@cl@@cl@@D}}% + \expanded{\defineglobalcolor[\multitonecolor][#3,#4]}% + \expanded{\definespotcolor[#1][\multitonecolor][#4,f=\the\scratchcounter,p={\@@cl@@cl@@P},d={\@@cl@@cl@@D}]}} + +\def\docheckmultitonecolor#1% + {\flushatshipout + {\let\checkmultitonecolor\gobbleoneargument + \def\docommand##1{\hbox{\definecolor[\s!dummy-100][##1][p=1]\color[\s!dummy-100]}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommand}} + +\def\checkmultitonecolor#1% + {\getvalue{\??cl#1\s!check}\letgvalue{\??cl#1\s!check}\relax} + +\def\dodefinespotcolor[#1][#2][#3]% todo: always global + {\doifnot{#1}{#2} + {\@@resetcolorparameters + \edef\@@cl@@n{#2}% + \getparameters[\??cl @@][#3]% + \doifnothing\@@cl@@p{\let\@@cl@@p\!!plusone}% + \doglobal\addtocommalist{#2}\allspotcolors + \setxvalue{\??cr#1}{\colorPpattern}% was \setevalue + \setgvalue{#1}{\switchtocolor[#1]}}}% was \setvalue + +\def\dododefinemultitonecolor#1% + {\advance\scratchcounter\plusone + \splitstring#1\at=\to\!!stringa\and\!!stringb + \ifx\@@cl@@cl@@D\empty + \let\@@cl@@cl@@D\!!stringa + \let\@@cl@@cl@@P\!!stringb + \normalizecolor\!!stringb + \edef\@@cl@@cl@@N{\!!stringa_\!!stringb}% + \else + \edef\@@cl@@cl@@D{\@@cl@@cl@@D,\!!stringa}% + \edef\@@cl@@cl@@P{\@@cl@@cl@@P,\!!stringb}% + \normalizecolor\!!stringb + \edef\@@cl@@cl@@N{\@@cl@@cl@@N_\!!stringa_\!!stringb}% + \fi} + +% \def\dododefinemultitonecolor#1% a/b safe +% {\advance\scratchcounter\plusone +% \splitstring#1\at=\to\@@cl@@one\and\@@cl@@two +% \ifx\@@cl@@cl@@D\empty +% \let\@@cl@@cl@@D\@@cl@@one +% \let\@@cl@@cl@@P\@@cl@@two +% \normalizecolor\@@cl@@two +% \edef\@@cl@@cl@@N{\@@cl@@one_\@@cl@@two}% +% \else +% \edef\@@cl@@cl@@D{\@@cl@@cl@@D,\@@cl@@one}% +% \edef\@@cl@@cl@@P{\@@cl@@cl@@P,\@@cl@@two}% +% \normalizecolor\@@cl@@two +% \edef\@@cl@@cl@@N{\@@cl@@cl@@N_\@@cl@@one_\@@cl@@two}% +% \fi} + %D We now redefine the color definition macro so that you %D can define both normal and spotcolors. @@ -403,7 +496,7 @@ {\ifthirdargument \doifassignmentelse{#2} {\dododefinecolor[#1][#2,#3]}% actually this is an error - {\dodefinespotcolor[#1][#2][#3]}% + {\dodefinespotcolor[#1][#2][#3]}% and this the prefered method \else \dodefinecolor[#1][#2]% \fi} @@ -709,11 +802,35 @@ \doexeccolorgray \exectransparency} -\def\doexeccolorP#1:#2:% +% \def\doexeccolorP#1:#2:% +% {\edef\@@cl@@n{#1}% +% \edef\@@cl@@p{#2}% +% \registerusedspotcolor\@@cl@@n +% \ifSPOTsupported +% \dowithcolor\registerspotcolor\@@cl@@n +% \dostartspotcolormode\@@cl@@n\@@cl@@p +% \else +% \doingspotcolortrue +% \let\spotcolorfactor\@@cl@@p +% \factorizecolortrue % using counter and array +% \dowithcolor\execcolorRCSP\@@cl@@n +% \factorizecolorfalse +% \let\spotcolorfactor\@@cl@@o +% \doingspotcolorfalse +% \fi +% \exectransparency} + +\def\doexeccolorP#1:#2:#3:#4:% {\edef\@@cl@@n{#1}% - \edef\@@cl@@p{#2}% + \edef\@@cl@@f{#2}% + \edef\@@cl@@d{#3}% + \edef\@@cl@@p{#4}% + \ifx\@@cl@@d\empty + \let\@@cl@@d\@@cl@@n + \fi \registerusedspotcolor\@@cl@@n \ifSPOTsupported + \checkmultitonecolor\@@cl@@n \dowithcolor\registerspotcolor\@@cl@@n \dostartspotcolormode\@@cl@@n\@@cl@@p \else @@ -727,17 +844,19 @@ \fi \exectransparency} -% \def\doexeccolorPP#1:#2:% -% {\edef\@@cl@@n{#1}% -% \edef\@@cl@@p{#2}% -% \registerusedspotcolor\@@cl@@n -% \ifx\@@cl@@n\currentspotcolor -% \normalizeSPOT -% \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@p % was spotcolormode -% \else -% \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@o -% \fi -% \exectransparency} +\def\doexeccolorPindex#1:#2:#3:#4:% + {\edef\@@cl@@n{#1}% + \edef\@@cl@@f{#2}% + \edef\@@cl@@d{#3}% + \edef\@@cl@@p{#4}% + \ifx\@@cl@@d\empty + \let\@@cl@@d\@@cl@@n + \fi + \ifSPOTsupported + \checkmultitonecolor\@@cl@@n + \dowithcolor\registerindexcolor\@@cl@@n + \fi + \noexectransparency} \def\doexeccolorPP#1:#2:% {\edef\@@cl@@n{#1}% @@ -840,8 +959,12 @@ {\edef\@@cl@@s{#1}% \dohidecolor\@@cl@@s\@@cl@@o} -\def\noexeccolorP#1:#2:#3\od - {\edef\@@cl@@p{#2}% +% \def\noexeccolorP#1:#2:#3\od +% {\edef\@@cl@@p{#2}% +% \dohidecolor\@@cl@@p\@@cl@@z} + +\def\noexeccolorP#1:#2:#3:#4:#5\od + {\edef\@@cl@@p{#4}% \dohidecolor\@@cl@@p\@@cl@@z} %D For the sake of postprocessing (i.e.\ color separation) @@ -912,29 +1035,86 @@ %D We need to register spot colors (i.e.\ resources need to %D be created. +% \def\registerspotcolor#1:% +% {\ifundefined{\??cl:\c!p:\@@cl@@n}% +% \letgvalue{\??cl:\c!p:\@@cl@@n}\empty +% %\@EA\@EA\csname registerspotcolor#1\endcsname +% \csname registerspotcolor#1\@EA\endcsname +% \else +% \@EA\dontregisterspotcolor +% \fi} + \def\registerspotcolor#1:% {\ifundefined{\??cl:\c!p:\@@cl@@n}% \letgvalue{\??cl:\c!p:\@@cl@@n}\empty %\@EA\@EA\csname registerspotcolor#1\endcsname \csname registerspotcolor#1\@EA\endcsname \else - \@EA\dontregistersplotcolor + \@EA\dontregisterspotcolor \fi} -\def\dontregistersplotcolor#1\od - {} +% \def\dontregisterspotcolor #1\od{} +% \def\registerspotcolorR #1:#2:#3:#4\od{\doregisterrgbspotcolor \@@cl@@n{#1}{#2}{#3}} +% \def\registerspotcolorC#1:#2:#3:#4:#5\od{\doregistercmykspotcolor\@@cl@@n{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}} +% \def\registerspotcolorS #1:#2\od{\doregistergrayspotcolor\@@cl@@n{#1}} +% \def\registerspotcolorP #1:#2:#3\od{\doregistergrayspotcolor\@@cl@@n{#2}} -\def\registerspotcolorR#1:#2:#3:#4\od - {\doregisterrgbspotcolor\@@cl@@n{#1}{#2}{#3}} +\def\dontregisterspotcolor #1\od{} +\def\registerspotcolorR #1:#2:#3:#4\od{\doregisterrgbspotcolor \@@cl@@n\@@cl@@f\@@cl@@d\@@cl@@p{#1}{#2}{#3}} +\def\registerspotcolorC#1:#2:#3:#4:#5\od{\doregistercmykspotcolor\@@cl@@n\@@cl@@f\@@cl@@d\@@cl@@p{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}} +\def\registerspotcolorS #1:#2\od{\doregistergrayspotcolor\@@cl@@n\@@cl@@f\@@cl@@d\@@cl@@p{#1}} +\def\registerspotcolorP #1:#2:#3\od{\doregistergrayspotcolor\@@cl@@n\@@cl@@f\@@cl@@d\@@cl@@p{#2}} -\def\registerspotcolorC#1:#2:#3:#4:#5\od - {\doregistercmykspotcolor\@@cl@@n{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}} +%D Experimental feature: -\def\registerspotcolorS#1:#2\od - {\doregistergrayspotcolor\@@cl@@n{#1}} +% \definecolor [darkblue] [c=1,m=.38,y=0,k=.64] % pantone pms 2965 uncoated m +% \definecolor [darkyellow] [c=0,m=.28,y=1,k=.06] % pantone pms 124 uncoated m +% +% \definecolor [darkblue-50] [darkblue] [p=.5] +% \definecolor [darkyellow-50] [darkyellow] [p=.5] +% \definecolor [darkblue-80] [darkblue] [p=.8] +% \definecolor [darkyellow-80] [darkyellow] [p=.8] +% +% \definecolor [darkblue,darkyellow] [r=.8] +% \definecolor [darkdull-5030] [darkblue,darkyellow] [p={.5,.3}] +% +% \setupcolors[state=start] +% +% \blackrule[width=4cm,height=3cm,color=darkblue-50] +% \blackrule[width=4cm,height=3cm,color=darkblue-80] +% \blackrule[width=4cm,height=3cm,color=darkyellow-50] +% \blackrule[width=4cm,height=3cm,color=darkyellow-80] +% \blackrule[width=4cm,height=3cm,color=darkdull-5030] + +%D Experimental too (special purpose code). + +\def\registerindexcolor#1:% + {\ifundefined{\??cl:i:\@@cl@@n}% + \letgvalue{\??cl:i:\@@cl@@n}\empty % signal + \writestatus\m!colors{registering index color \@@cl@@n}% + \@EA\@EA\csname registerindexcolor#1\endcsname + \else + \@EA\dontregisterindexcolor + \fi} + +\let\dontregisterindexcolor\dontregisterspotcolor + +\def\registerindexcolorR #1:#2:#3:#4\od{\doregisterrgbindexcolor \@@cl@@n\@@cl@@f\@@cl@@d\@@cl@@p{#1}{#2}{#3}} +\def\registerindexcolorC#1:#2:#3:#4:#5\od{\doregistercmykindexcolor\@@cl@@n\@@cl@@f\@@cl@@d\@@cl@@p{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}} +\def\registerindexcolorS #1:#2\od{\doregistergrayindexcolor\@@cl@@n\@@cl@@f\@@cl@@d\@@cl@@p{#1}} +\def\registerindexcolorP #1:#2:#3\od{\doregistergrayindexcolor\@@cl@@n\@@cl@@f\@@cl@@d\@@cl@@p{#2}} + +\def\predefinecolor[#1]% + {\bgroup + \flushatshipout{\hbox{\localcolortrue\color[#1]}}% real ones + \egroup} -\def\registerspotcolorP#1:#2:#3\od - {\doregistergrayspotcolor\@@cl@@n{#2}} +\def\predefineindexcolor[#1]% + {\bgroup + \flushatshipout{\hbox{\localcolortrue\color[#1]}}% real ones + \let\doexeccolorP\doexeccolorPindex + \flushatshipout{\hbox{\localcolortrue\color[#1]}}% index one + \egroup} %D Transparency is handled similar for all three color modes. We %D can turn transparency off with the following switch: @@ -1900,7 +2080,10 @@ \def\doformatgrayS#1:#2:#3\od {\dodoformatcolor{#1}} -\def\doformatgrayP#1:#2:#3:#4\od +% \def\doformatgrayP#1:#2:#3:#4\od +% {\dowithcolor\doformatcolor{#1}} + +\def\doformatgrayP#1:#2:#3:#4:#5:#6\od {\dowithcolor\doformatcolor{#1}} \def\doformatgray#1:% @@ -2344,11 +2527,17 @@ \def\doMPcmykN#1:#2:#3:#4:#5\end#6\end {\doMPtransparent{\cmykASrgbMP(#1,#2,#3,#4,#6)}#5\end} -\def\doMPspotY#1:#2:#3\end#4\end - {\doMPtransparent{\spotMP("#1",#2)}#3\end} +% \def\doMPspotY#1:#2:#3\end#4\end +% {\doMPtransparent{\spotMP("#1",#2)}#3\end} +% +% \def\doMPspotN#1:#2:#3\end#4\end +% {\scaledMPcolor{#2}{#1}} + +\def\doMPspotY#1:#2:#3:#4:#5\end#6\end % best make #3 same as #1 when empty + {\doMPtransparent{multitonecolor("#1",#2,"#3","#4")}#5\end} -\def\doMPspotN#1:#2:#3\end#4\end - {\scaledMPcolor{#2}{#1}} +\def\doMPspotN#1:#2:#3:#4:#5\end#6\end + {\scaledMPcolor{#4}{#1}} \def\doMPblack#1\end#2\end {\unknownMPcolor} @@ -2361,36 +2550,55 @@ %D %D Similar alternatives are avaliable for \PDF: -\def\PDFcolor#1% - {\handlecolorwith\doPDFcolor\csname\??cr#1\endcsname:::::::\end} +\def\PDFcolor #1{\handlecolorwith\doPDFcolor \csname\??cr#1\endcsname:::::::\end} +\def\PDFcolorvalue#1{\handlecolorwith\doPDFcolorvalue\csname\??cr#1\endcsname:::::::\end} +\def\FDFcolor #1{\handlecolorwith\doFDFcolor \csname\??cr#1\endcsname:::::::\end} + +% \def\doPDFcolor#1:#2:#3:#4:#5:#6:#7:#8\end +% {\if #1R#2 #3 #4 rg% +% \else\if#1C#2 #3 #4 #5 k% +% \else\if#1S#2 g% +% \else\if#1P#3 g% todo +% \else 0 g% +% \fi\fi\fi\fi} +% +% \def\doPDFcolorvalue#1:#2:#3:#4:#5:#6:#7:#8\end +% {\if #1R#2 #3 #4% +% \else\if#1C#2 #3 #4 #5% +% \else\if#1S#2% +% \else\if#1P#3% +% \else 0% +% \fi\fi\fi\fi} +% +% \def\doFDFcolor#1:#2:#3:#4:#5:#6:#7:#8\end +% {[\if #1R#2 #3 #4% +% \else\if#1C#2 #3 #4 #5% +% \else\if#1S#2% +% \else\if#1P#3% todo +% \else 0% +% \fi\fi\fi\fi]} \def\doPDFcolor#1:#2:#3:#4:#5:#6:#7:#8\end {\if #1R#2 #3 #4 rg% \else\if#1C#2 #3 #4 #5 k% \else\if#1S#2 g% - \else\if#1P#3 g% todo + \else\if#1P#5 g% \else 0 g% \fi\fi\fi\fi} -\def\PDFcolorvalue#1% - {\handlecolorwith\doPDFcolorvalue\csname\??cr#1\endcsname:::::::\end} - \def\doPDFcolorvalue#1:#2:#3:#4:#5:#6:#7:#8\end {\if #1R#2 #3 #4% \else\if#1C#2 #3 #4 #5% \else\if#1S#2% - \else\if#1P#3% + \else\if#1P#5% \else 0% \fi\fi\fi\fi} -\def\FDFcolor#1% - {\handlecolorwith\doFDFcolor\csname\??cr#1\endcsname:::::::\end} - \def\doFDFcolor#1:#2:#3:#4:#5:#6:#7:#8\end {[\if #1R#2 #3 #4% \else\if#1C#2 #3 #4 #5% \else\if#1S#2% - \else\if#1P#3% todo + \else\if#1P#5% \else 0% \fi\fi\fi\fi]} diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-fil.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-fil.tex index 8cd6a5639..fa4d567b9 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-fil.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-fil.tex @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ %definefilesynonym [sch-base] [sch-00] %definefilesynonym [sch-make] [sch-01] +\definefilesynonym [dir-make] [dir-01] + \definefilesynonym [xml-format] [xml-01] \definefilesynonym [xml-pretty] [xml-02] diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-new.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-new.tex index c156137f9..055b12317 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-new.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-new.tex @@ -21,17 +21,73 @@ \writestatus{\m!systems}{beware: some patches loaded from cont-new.tex!} -\def\doifelsefontsynonym#1% - {\ifcsname\??ff\fontclass#1\endcsname - \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments - \else - \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments - \fi} +% \definemarkedpage[nobackgrounds] +% \markpage[nobackgrounds] +% \doifmarkedpageelse{nobackgrounds} + +\def\gettwopassdatalist#1% + {\loadtwopassdata + \letcscsname\twopassdatalist\csname#1:\s!list\endcsname + \ifx\twopassdatalist\relax\let\twopassdatalist\empty\fi} + +\newcounter\nofmarkedpages + +\def\definemarkedpage[#1]% + {\definetwopasslist{\v!pagina:#1}} -\def\expandfontsynonym#1#2% #2 := onelevelexpansion(#1) - {\ifcsname\??ff\fontclass#2\endcsname - \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{\csname\??ff\fontclass#2\endcsname}% +\def\markpage[#1]% looks very much like domarginreference and doparagraphreference + {\iftrialtypesetting\else + \doglobal\increment\nofmarkedpages\relax + \edef\writeparref% + {\writeutilitycommand% + {\twopassentry% + {\v!pagina:#1}% + {\nofmarkedpages}% + {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% + \writeparref \fi} + +\def\doifmarkedpageelse#1% + {\gettwopassdatalist{\v!pagina:#1}% + \expanded{\doifinsetelse{\realfolio}{\twopassdatalist}}} + +% Just a simple and fast hanger, for usage in macros. + +\def\setuphanging + {\dodoubleempty\getparameters[\??ha]} + +\setuphanging + [\c!afstand=.5em] + +\def\starthanging + {\noindent\bgroup + \dowithnextbox + {\setbox\nextbox\hbox{\flushnextbox\hskip\@@haafstand}% + \hangindent\nextboxwd + \hangafter\plusone + \flushnextbox\ignorespaces} + \hbox} + +\def\stophanging + {\endgraf + \egroup} + +\def\modevalue#1#2#3% + {\@EA\ifx\csname\@mode@\systemmodeprefix#1\endcsname\endcsname\enabledmode#2\else#2\fi} + +\def\systemmodevalue#1% + {\modevalue{\systemmodeprefix#1}} + +% \getmulticolumnlines -> now in cont-loc, to be tested and really needed + +\def\naturaltextext#1\relax + {\bgroup + \prettynaturalfont + \def\ascii{#1}% + \setnormalcatcodes + \restorecatcodes + \scantokens\expandafter{\ascii}\ifhmode\unskip\fi + \egroup} \long\def\startprocesscommalist[#1]#2\stopprocesscommalist {\long\def\currentcommalistcommand##1{\def\currentcommalistitem{##1}#2}% @@ -42,88 +98,6 @@ \tracefonthandlingtrue -% \def\resetXMLelement[#1]% handy in case only singular -% {\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname \donothing -% \@EA\let\csname\@@XMLelement:/#1\endcsname\donothing -% \@EA\let\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname\donothing} -% -% is the same as: - -\def\resetXMLelement[#1]{\dododefineXMLprocess{#1}} - -\let\dorecalculatelayout\recalculatelayout - -\def\recalculatelayout - {\doifsomething{\layoutparameter\c!pagina\layoutparameter\c!papier} - {\dododosetuppapersize[\layoutparameter\c!pagina][\layoutparameter\c!papier]}% - \dorecalculatelayout} - -\def\dodosetuppapersize[#1][#2]% - {\ifsecondargument - \dododosetuppapersize[#1][#2]% - \calculatehsizes - \calculatevsizes - \recalculatelogos - \recalculatebackgrounds - \recalculatelayout - \else\iffirstargument - \setuppapersize[#1][#2]% - \else\ifx\papersize\undefined\else - \restorepapersize - \fi\fi\fi} - -\def\dododosetuppapersize[#1][#2]% - {\xdef\restorepapersize - {\noexpand\setuppapersize[#1][#2]}% - \dostelpapierrichtingin{#1}\paperlandscape\paperrotation\paperreverse\papermirror - \dostelpapierrichtingin{#2}\printlandscape\printrotation\printreverse\printmirror - \def\docommando##1% - {\doifsomething{##1}{\doifdefined{\??pp##1\c!breedte} - {\global\papierbreedte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!breedte}% - \global\papierhoogte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}% - \calculatepaperoffsets{##1}% - \xdef\papersize{##1}}}}% - \processcommacommand[#1]\docommando - \doifdefinedelse{\??pp#1\c!schaal} - {\edef\paperscale{\getvalue{\??pp#1\c!schaal}}} - {\edef\paperscale{1}}% - \def\docommando##1% - {\doifsomething{##1}{\doifdefined{\??pp##1\c!breedte} - {\global\printpapierbreedte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!breedte}% - \global\printpapierhoogte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}% - \xdef\printpapersize{##1}}}}% - \processcommacommand[#2]\docommando - \global\setdimentoatleast\papierbreedte \onepoint - \global\setdimentoatleast\papierhoogte \onepoint - \global\setdimentoatleast\printpapierbreedte\onepoint - \global\setdimentoatleast\printpapierhoogte \onepoint - \ifcase\paperlandscape\else - \doglobal\swapdimens\papierbreedte\papierhoogte - \fi - \ifcase\printlandscape\else - \doglobal\swapdimens\printpapierbreedte\printpapierhoogte - \fi - % this check can be confusing, so we've added the possibility - % to bypass this test: \setuppapersize[option=fit] - \doif\@@ppoptie\v!max % \v!fit is - {\bgroup - % we need to pre-swap else we get the wrong paper size - \doifinset\paperrotation{90,270}{\swapdimens\papierbreedte\papierhoogte}% - \doifinset\printrotation{90,270}{\swapdimens\printpapierbreedte\printpapierhoogte}% - \ifdim\papierhoogte>\printpapierhoogte - \global\printpapierhoogte\papierhoogte - \writestatus\m!systems{print height forced to paper height}% - \fi - \ifdim\papierbreedte>\printpapierbreedte - \global\printpapierbreedte\papierbreedte - \writestatus\m!systems{print width forced to paper width}% - \fi - \egroup}} - -\setuplayout - [\c!papier=, - \c!pagina=] - \def\parseTR[#1][#2]% [#2] is dummy that kills spaces / no #3 argument {\def\currentcol{0}\increment\maximumrow \let\currentcolpos\currentcol @@ -212,52 +186,6 @@ \egroup -\def\complexdozieregister[#1]#2#3% - {\begingroup - \thisisnextinternal\s!ind - \ifduplicate\getlastregisterentry{#2}\fi - \convertexpanded{\??id\currentregister}{#2}\asciiregisterentryA - \convertexpanded{\??id\currentregister}{#3}\asciiregisterentryB - \makesectionformat - \edef\schrijfwegnaarregister% - {\writeutility% - {r s % - {\currentregister} % - {\nextinternalreference} % - {#1} % - {\asciiregisterentryA} % - {\asciiregisterentryB} % - {\sectionformat}}}% - \schrijfwegnaarregister - \endgroup - \registerinfo{> zie}{#2}% - \GotoPar} - -\def\dodododoinatreference#1#2#3[#4]% \removeunwantedspaces added june 2004 - {\ifx\next\bgroup - \dododododoinatreference - % fails on metafun {\leftofreference#1\ignorespaces#3\removeunwantedspaces\rightofreference}{#2}[#4]% - {\leftofreference#1\ignorespaces#3\rightofreference}{#2}[#4]% - \else - \dododododoinatreference - {\leftofreference#1\rightofreference}{#2#3}[#4]% - \fi} - -\dostepwiserecurse{0}{9}{1}{\setevalue{@@uc@@\recurselevel}{\recurselevel}} - -\setvalue{@@uc@@a}{A} \setvalue{@@uc@@A}{A} -\setvalue{@@uc@@b}{B} \setvalue{@@uc@@B}{B} -\setvalue{@@uc@@c}{C} \setvalue{@@uc@@C}{C} -\setvalue{@@uc@@d}{D} \setvalue{@@uc@@D}{D} -\setvalue{@@uc@@e}{E} \setvalue{@@uc@@E}{E} -\setvalue{@@uc@@f}{F} \setvalue{@@uc@@F}{F} - -\def\hexstringtonumber#1% {FF} - {\dohexstringtonumber#1} - -\def\dohexstringtonumber#1#2% FF - {"\csname @@uc@@#1\endcsname\csname @@uc@@#2\endcsname} - % \def\doshowpardata#1#2{\hbox{\string#1: \the#2}\endgraf} % % \def\showpardata @@ -386,44 +314,6 @@ % % \endETEX -\def\OTRONEdocheckiffloatfits % vervangen ivm downward comp - {\ifnofloatpermitted - \global\roomforfloatfalse - \else - % new per 31/5/2004, should be an option, only one column mode - \begingroup - \scratchdimen\pagetotal - \advance\scratchdimen\lineheight % maybe strutheight - \ifdim\scratchdimen>\pagegoal - \goodbreak % hack ? needed in icare-az - \fi - % should be an option - \endgroup - \dimen0 \pagetotal - \advance\dimen0 \ht\floatbox - \advance\dimen0 \dp\floatbox - \advance\dimen0 \floattopskip - \advance\dimen0 -\pageshrink % toegevoegd - %\message{c:\the\mofcolumns,t:\the\pagetotal,g:\the\pagegoal}%\wait - \dimen2\pagegoal - \relax % needed - \ifcase\textfloatmethod - % method 0 : raw - \or - % method 1 : safe - \dimen2 .99\pagegoal - \or - % method 2 : tight - \advance\dimen0 -\onepoint - \fi - \relax % really needed ! ! ! ! - \ifdim\dimen0>\dimen2 - \global\roomforfloatfalse - \else - \global\roomforfloattrue - \fi - \fi} - % cleaner % % \long\def\doMPTEXcheck#1% @@ -452,123 +342,6 @@ % \the\MPTEXgrapicchecks\relax % \relax is end condition! % \fi} -\def\endmulticolumns - {%\par - \vskip\lineheight\vskip-\lineheight % take footnotes into account - \dontshowcomposition - \doflushcolumnfloat % added recently - %\doflushcolumnfloats % no, since it results in wrong top floats - \flushnotes % before start of columns - \par - \ifbalancecolumns - \global\output{\continuousmulticolumnsout}% - \goodbreak - \global\output{\balancedmulticolumnsout}% - \else - \goodbreak - \fi - \eject % the prevdepth is important, try e.g. toclist in - \prevdepth\zeropoint % columns before some noncolumned text text - \global\output\singlecolumnout - \global\output{\the\mainoutput}% % % % % todo - \ifvoid\precolumnbox\else - \unvbox\precolumnbox - \fi - \global\precolumnboxheight\zeropoint - \endgroup % here - \nofcolumns\plusone - \setvsize % the outer one! - \synchronizeoutput % new may 2004 / we need to: \pagegoal\vsize - \checkendcolumnfootnotes - \dosomebreak\allowbreak - \restoresavedfloats} - -% this one already catches both define/setup - -\def\setupbodyfontenvironment{\definebodyfontenvironment} - -% officially, but not needed (yet): -% -% \def\dosetupbodyfontenvironment[#1][#2][#3]% class size settings -% {\ifthirdargument -% \localbodyfontsize#2\relax -% \normalizebodyfontsize\localbodyfontsize\to\normalizedbodyfontsize -% \doifundefinedelse{\??ft#1\normalizedbodyfontsize\c!em} -% {\definebodyfontenvironment[#1][#2][#3]}% -% {\getparameters[\??ft#1\normalizedbodyfontsize][#3]}% -% \else -% \localbodyfontsize#1\relax -% \normalizebodyfontsize\localbodyfontsize\to\normalizedbodyfontsize -% \doifundefinedelse{\??ft\normalizedbodyfontsize\c!em} -% {\definebodyfontenvironment[#1][#2]}% -% {\getparameters[\??ft\normalizedbodyfontsize][#2]}% -% \fi} - -\def\dogetobject#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% - {\initializepaper - \forgetall - \dontshowcomposition - \setbox\scratchbox\vbox - {\doinsertobject{#1}{#2}}% - \setbox\scratchbox#3% - {\vbox to #5\scaledpoint - {\ifdim\ht\scratchbox>#5\scaledpoint - \vss\hbox to #4\scaledpoint{\hss\box\scratchbox\hss}\vss - \else\ifdim\wd\scratchbox>#4\scaledpoint - \vss\hbox to #4\scaledpoint{\hss\box\scratchbox\hss}\vss - \else - \vss\box\scratchbox - \fi\fi}}% - \box\scratchbox - \elabelgroup} - -% todo: make it work in balancing -% -% \definemarking[vers][] -% \setupheadertexts -% [\doiftext{\getmarking[vers][first]} -% {\doiftextelse{\getmarking[vers][column:last]} -% {\getmarking[vers][first] -- \getmarking[vers][column:last]} -% {\getmarking[vers][first]}}] -% \starttext -% \startcolumns[n=2,balance=no] -% \dorecurse{10}{\expanded{\marking[vers]{\recurselevel}} \recurselevel:\dorecurse{4}{\input ward } \endgraf} -% \stopcolumns -% \stoptext - -\letvalue{\??mk\??mk\v!kolom:\v!eerste }\getsplitfirstmark -\letvalue{\??mk\??mk\v!kolom:\v!laatste}\getsplitbottommark - -% \definemarkedpage[nobackgrounds] -% \markpage[nobackgrounds] -% \doifmarkedpageelse{nobackgrounds} - -\def\gettwopassdatalist#1% - {\loadtwopassdata - \letcscsname\twopassdatalist\csname#1:\s!list\endcsname - \ifx\twopassdatalist\relax\let\twopassdatalist\empty\fi} - -\newcounter\nofmarkedpages - -\def\definemarkedpage[#1]% - {\definetwopasslist{\v!pagina:#1}} - -\def\markpage[#1]% looks very much like domarginreference and doparagraphreference - {\iftrialtypesetting\else - \doglobal\increment\nofmarkedpages\relax - \edef\writeparref% - {\writeutilitycommand% - {\twopassentry% - {\v!pagina:#1}% - {\nofmarkedpages}% - {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% - \writeparref - \fi} - -\def\doifmarkedpageelse#1% - {\gettwopassdatalist{\v!pagina:#1}% - \expanded{\doifinsetelse{\realfolio}{\twopassdatalist}}} - % no, wrong! never! % % \def\tightlayer[#1]% @@ -593,15 +366,6 @@ {\processcommacommand[.,\allinputpaths]\docommando}% \fi} -\def\setfontstrut - {\setcharstrut{(gplQT}} - -\def\doifXMLtextelse#1% - {\doiftextelse{\simplifyXMLelements#1}} - -\def\doifXMLtext#1#2% - {\doiftextelse{\simplifyXMLelements#1}{#2}\donothing} - % todo : share symbols % \definecolor[rollover:n][red] @@ -1274,27 +1038,6 @@ {\endgraf\verticalstrut\endgraf\kern-2\lineheight \egroup} -% Just a simple and fast hanger, for usage in macros. - -\def\setuphanging - {\dodoubleempty\getparameters[\??ha]} - -\setuphanging - [\c!afstand=.5em] - -\def\starthanging - {\noindent\bgroup - \dowithnextbox - {\setbox\nextbox\hbox{\flushnextbox\hskip\@@haafstand}% - \hangindent\nextboxwd - \hangafter\plusone - \flushnextbox\ignorespaces} - \hbox} - -\def\stophanging - {\endgraf - \egroup} - \def\definepushbutton % name optional setup {\dodoubleempty\dodefinepushbutton} @@ -1782,8 +1525,8 @@ % \the\@@everyparagraphtoks} \def\doinsertparagraphintro - {%\begingroup - %\everypar\emptytoks + {\begingroup + \everypar\emptytoks \ifcase\everyparagraphintro\relax % no data \@@everyparagraphtoks\emptytoks @@ -1797,7 +1540,7 @@ \@@everyparagraphtoks\everynextparagraphintro \fi \the\@@everyparagraphtoks - }%\endgroup} + \endgroup} \def\insertparagraphintro {\ifcase\everyparagraphintro\else\@EA\doinsertparagraphintro\fi} diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-usr.ori b/tex/context/base/cont-usr.ori index 22b8a63f5..6c6c2f121 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-usr.ori +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-usr.ori @@ -50,7 +50,17 @@ \definefilesynonym [lang-tr.pat] [trhyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-ua.pat] [ukrenhyp.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-uk.pat] [ukhyphen.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-us.pat] [ushyph1.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-us.pat] [ushyph.tex] + +%D Ah, something changed in 2003 with respect to ushyph.tex, so let's +%D fall back when needed. I first noticed this during a workshop at the +%D practical tex conference 2004 in sf. Yet another proof of a mess in +%D filenames. + + \doiffileelse{ushyph.tex} {\definefilesynonym[lang-us.pat][ushyph.tex]} +{\doiffileelse{ushyph1.tex} {\definefilesynonym[lang-us.pat][ushyph1.tex]} +{\doiffileelse{ushyph2.tex} {\definefilesynonym[lang-us.pat][ushyph2.tex]} + {\definefilesynonym[lang-us.pat][ukhyph.tex]}}} %D When the dutch spelling changed, new patterns were %D constructed. For long these were named \type {dutch96.pat}. @@ -60,11 +70,9 @@ %D files as well as their coding is one of the dark areas of %D \TEX\ distributions. -\doiffileelse{nehyph96.tex} - {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][nehyph96.tex]} - {\doiffileelse{dutch96.pat} - {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][dutch96.pat]} - {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][nehyph.tex]}} + \doiffileelse{nehyph96.tex} {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][nehyph96.tex]} +{\doiffileelse{dutch96.pat} {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][dutch96.pat]} + {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][nehyph.tex]}} %D Pattern files are (can be) encoded! And, alas, not all %D pattern files are self contained, which is why (for the diff --git a/tex/context/base/context.tex b/tex/context/base/context.tex index e2a4ff29e..ec535265a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/context.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/context.tex @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 -\def\contextversion{2004.6.30} +\def\contextversion{2004.8.15} %D Welcome to the main module. When this module is ran through %D \type{initex} or \type{tex -i} or \type{whatevertex} using @@ -141,6 +141,7 @@ \input spec-mis.tex \input spec-ini.tex \input spec-def.tex +\input spec-var.tex %D For the moment we load a lot of languages. In the future %D we'll have to be more space conservative. diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-box.tex b/tex/context/base/core-box.tex index 9ee21e7a6..f9d30c43e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-box.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-box.tex @@ -718,6 +718,21 @@ \setvalue{\??ab\??ab bl}{\bottomleftbox} \setvalue{\??ab\??ab tr}{\toprightbox} \setvalue{\??ab\??ab br}{\bottomrightbox} + +\setvalue{\??ab\??ab m}{\middlebox} + +% The next ones were desparately needed by Vit Zyka (see +% \type {supp-box} for definitions). + +\setvalue{\??ab\??ab g}{\baselinemiddlebox} +\setvalue{\??ab\??ab gl}{\baselineleftbox} +\setvalue{\??ab\??ab gc}{\baselinemiddlebox} +\setvalue{\??ab\??ab gr}{\baselinerightbox} + +\setvalue{\??ab\??ab \v!regel }{\baselinemiddlebox} % \v!grid is taken +\setvalue{\??ab\??ab \v!regel\v!links }{\baselineleftbox} +\setvalue{\??ab\??ab \v!regel\v!midden}{\baselinemiddlebox} +\setvalue{\??ab\??ab \v!regel\v!rechts}{\baselinerightbox} \def\offsetbox {\dodoubleempty\dooffsetbox[]} diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-fig.tex b/tex/context/base/core-fig.tex index 37b22bd40..143dec45b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-fig.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-fig.tex @@ -987,18 +987,21 @@ \getparameters [\??ef] [\c!type=\s!unknown,\c!methode=\@@eftype,\c!symbool=\v!nee, - \c!object=\@@exobject,\c!preset=\v!ja, + \c!object=\@@exobject,\c!preset=\v!ja,\c!splitsen=,\c!formaat=, \c!pagina=0,\c!sturing=\v!nee,\c!preview=\v!nee,\c!herhaal=\v!nee, \c!maxbreedte=\@@exmaxbreedte,\c!maxhoogte=\@@exmaxhoogte, \c!schaal=,\c!breedte=,\c!hoogte=,\c!scherm=,\c!regels=,\c!grid=, %\c!voorgrondkleur=, - \c!splitsen=, \c!factor=,\c!hfactor=,\c!bfactor=]% \doif\@@efextension\c!mov\presetfiguremov \doif\@@efextension\c!avi\presetfigureavi #1[#4][#5][#6]% % lines -> height \checkfiguresettings + % new + \doifinsetelse\@@efformaat{mediabox,cropbox,artbox,bleedbox,trimbox} + {\let\@@DriverImageBox\@@efformaat}% + {\let\@@DriverImageBox\empty}% % new, color separation \doifseparatingcolorselse {\let\@@efvoorgrondkleur\empty @@ -1212,6 +1215,7 @@ \doifelse\@@efobject\v!nee \donefalse {\doifobjectssupportedelse\donetrue\donefalse}% + % this (for the moment) conveniently maps onto pdf which saves mapping \ifdone \doifobjectfoundelse{FIG}\@@efobjectname \donothing diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-int.tex b/tex/context/base/core-int.tex index af6dcf792..2a9899095 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-int.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-int.tex @@ -2218,11 +2218,15 @@ {\let\@@ccopen \!!plusone}{\let\@@ccopen \!!zerocount}% \doifelse\@@ccoptie\v!buffer {\let\@@cccollect\!!plusone}{\let\@@cccollect\!!zerocount}% + \preparecommentvariables \doinsertcomment \@@cctitel\!!widtha\!!heighta \@@cckleur\@@ccopen\@@ccsymbool \@@cccollect{#1}} +\def\preparecommentvariables % more will move here as with fields + {\let\@@DriverCommentLayer\@@cctekstlaag} + \def\dopreparecommentaar#1#2% {\doifassignmentelse{#1} {\getparameters[\??cc][#1]} @@ -2355,29 +2359,62 @@ \edef\attachmentname{\attachmentname.\!!stringd}% \fi} -\def\attachment[#1]% currently title equals newname +% \def\attachment[#1]% currently title equals newname +% {\iflocation +% \doifundefinedelse{\??at:#1} +% {\writestatus\m!interactions6{#1}}% +% {\doif\@@atstatus\v!start +% {\bgroup +% \getattachmentdata[#1]% +% \doiffileelse\attachmentfile +% {\doattachfile +% \attachmenttitle +% {1em}{\strutheight}{\strutdepth}\@@atkleur\@@atsymbool +% \attachmentname +% \attachmentfile}% +% {\writestatus\m!interactions5\attachmentfile}% +% \egroup}}% +% \fi} + +\def\attachment + {\dodoubleempty\doattachment} + +\def\doattachment[#1][#2]% currently title equals newname {\iflocation - \doifundefinedelse{\??at:#1} - {\writestatus\m!interactions6{#1}}% - {\doif\@@atstatus\v!start - {\bgroup - \getattachmentdata[#1]% - \doiffileelse\attachmentfile - {\doattachfile - \attachmenttitle - {1em}{\strutheight}{\strutdepth}\@@atkleur\@@atsymbool - \attachmentname - \attachmentfile}% - {\writestatus\m!interactions5\attachmentfile}% - \egroup}}% + \ifsecondargument + \doifundefined{\??at:#2} + {\writestatus\m!interactions6{#2}% + \useattachment[#2]}% + \doif\@@atstatus\v!start + {\bgroup + \getattachmentdata[#2]% + \doiffileelse\attachmentfile + {\setupattachments[#1]% + \presetattachmentvariables +\struttedbox{\tbox{% + \doattachfile + \attachmenttitle + {1em}\strutheight\strutdepth\@@atkleur\@@atsymbool + \attachmentname + \attachmentfile}% +}}% + {\writestatus\m!interactions5\attachmentfile}% + \egroup}% + \else\iffirstargument + \attachment[][#1]% + \fi\fi \fi} +\def\presetattachmentvariables + {\let\@@DriverAttachmentLayer\@@attekstlaag} + \def\setupattachments {\dodoubleempty\getparameters[\??at]} \setupattachments [\c!status=\v!start, \c!kleur=\@@iakleur, + \c!tekstlaag=, \c!symbool=] % jammer, tussen/midden had erin gemoeten; \c!commando toevoegen @@ -2599,7 +2636,8 @@ \c!spatie=\v!nee, \c!symbool=\v!normaal, \c!plaats=\v!inmarge, - \c!optie=] + \c!optie=, + \c!tekstlaag=] \stelversiesin % beware, @ is made active here, [\c!nummer=1, % therefore we set this one at the end diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-itm.tex b/tex/context/base/core-itm.tex index 69fe63dec..a67d22603 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-itm.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-itm.tex @@ -116,6 +116,7 @@ \c!kopvoor,\c!kopna,\c!voor,\c!tussen,\c!na, \c!afsluiter,\c!plaatsafsluiter,\c!inspringen, \c!n,\c!binnen,\c!symbool,\c!marge,\c!items, + \c!linkermarge,\c!rechtermarge, \c!start,\c!linkertekst,\c!rechtertekst]} \def\setupitemgroups @@ -416,7 +417,7 @@ % \edef\columntextwidth{\the\scratchdimen}% % \leftskip\zeropoint % % so far -% \startkolommen +% \startcolumns % [\c!n=\!!counta, % netter \??op\itemlevel\c!n % \c!hoogte=, % \c!lijn=\v!uit, @@ -533,7 +534,7 @@ % \edef\columntextwidth{\the\scratchdimen}% % \leftskip\zeropoint % % so far -% \startkolommen +% \startcolumns % [\c!n=\!!counta, % netter \??op\itemlevel\c!n % \c!hoogte=, % \c!lijn=\v!uit, @@ -601,7 +602,9 @@ \fi \begingroup \ifnum\itemlevel=\plusone % NIEUW - \doadaptleftskip{\getitemparameter1\c!marge}% + \doadaptleftskip {\getitemparameter1\c!marge}% + \doadaptleftskip {\getitemparameter1\c!linkermarge}% + \doadaptrightskip{\getitemparameter1\c!rechtermarge}% \fi \dosetraggedcommand{\getitemparameter\itemlevel\c!uitlijnen}\raggedcommand \doifsomething{\getitemparameter\itemlevel\c!inspringen} @@ -632,7 +635,7 @@ \edef\columntextwidth{\the\scratchdimen}% \leftskip\zeropoint % so far - \startkolommen + \startcolumns [\c!n=\!!counta, % netter \??op\itemlevel\c!n \c!hoogte=, \c!lijn=\v!uit, @@ -704,7 +707,7 @@ \ifnum\itemcolumndepth=\zerocount \dolistreference \fi % beware ! \iffirstlist \else \endgroup \fi % toegevoegd, eerste \som opent groep \ifnum\itemcolumndepth=\itemlevel\relax - \stopkolommen + \stopcolumns \doglobal\newcounter\itemcolumndepth \getitemparameter\itemlevel\c!na \else @@ -723,7 +726,9 @@ \fi \endgroup \doglobal\decrement(\itemlevel,\itemincrement)% - \egroup} + \egroup + % new needed in sidefloats (surfaced in volker's proceedings) + \iftextitems\else\par\fi} \newtoks\itemgroupcommands @@ -1010,7 +1015,9 @@ \setupitemgroups % undocumented [\c!niveaus=6, - \c!marge=\!!zeropoint, + \c!marge=\zeropoint, + \c!linkermarge=\zeropoint, + \c!rechtermarge=\zeropoint, \c!springvolgendein=\v!ja, \c!breedte=1.5em, \c!factor=0, diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-mar.tex b/tex/context/base/core-mar.tex index 1ec951f8a..bb9fc0eca 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-mar.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-mar.tex @@ -84,6 +84,23 @@ \letvalue{\??mk\??mk\v!laatste}\getbotmark \letvalue{\??mk\??mk\v!huidige}\getcurrentmark +% todo: make it work in balancing +% +% \definemarking[vers][] +% \setupheadertexts +% [\doiftext{\getmarking[vers][first]} +% {\doiftextelse{\getmarking[vers][column:last]} +% {\getmarking[vers][first] -- \getmarking[vers][column:last]} +% {\getmarking[vers][first]}}] +% \starttext +% \startcolumns[n=2,balance=no] +% \dorecurse{10}{\expanded{\marking[vers]{\recurselevel}} \recurselevel:\dorecurse{4}{\input ward } \endgraf} +% \stopcolumns +% \stoptext + +\letvalue{\??mk\??mk\v!kolom:\v!eerste }\getsplitfirstmark +\letvalue{\??mk\??mk\v!kolom:\v!laatste}\getsplitbottommark + \ifx\decouplemarking\undefined \def\decouplemarking[#1]{} \fi \def\dododefinemarking[#1][#2]% diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-obj.tex b/tex/context/base/core-obj.tex index 48e7b11ba..2b2fcc98b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-obj.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-obj.tex @@ -115,7 +115,6 @@ %D clip. \def\objectoffset{1cm} - {} % \def\dodosetobject#1#2#3% % {\bgroup @@ -177,7 +176,30 @@ % \box\scratchbox % \elabelgroup} -\def\dogetobject#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% +% \def\dogetobject#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% +% {\initializepaper +% \forgetall +% \dontshowcomposition +% \setbox\scratchbox\vbox +% {\doinsertobject{#1}{#2}}% +% \setbox\scratchbox#3% +% {\vbox to #5\scaledpoint +% {\ifdim\ht\scratchbox>#5\scaledpoint +% % or \ifdim\wd\scratchbox>#4\scaledpoint +% \vss\hbox to #4\scaledpoint{\hss\box\scratchbox\hss}\vss +% \else +% \vss\box\scratchbox +% \fi}}% +% \scratchdimen#7\scaledpoint +% \setbox\nextbox\hbox +% {\hskip-\scratchdimen\lower\scratchdimen\flushnextbox}% +% \wd\scratchbox#4\scaledpoint +% \ht\scratchbox#5\scaledpoint +% \dp\scratchbox#6\scaledpoint +% \box\scratchbox +% \elabelgroup} + +\def\dogetobject#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% don't change this, should work for dvi & pdf {\initializepaper \forgetall \dontshowcomposition @@ -186,17 +208,12 @@ \setbox\scratchbox#3% {\vbox to #5\scaledpoint {\ifdim\ht\scratchbox>#5\scaledpoint - % or \ifdim\wd\scratchbox>#4\scaledpoint + \vss\hbox to #4\scaledpoint{\hss\box\scratchbox\hss}\vss + \else\ifdim\wd\scratchbox>#4\scaledpoint \vss\hbox to #4\scaledpoint{\hss\box\scratchbox\hss}\vss \else \vss\box\scratchbox - \fi}}% - \scratchdimen#7\scaledpoint - \setbox\nextbox\hbox - {\hskip-\scratchdimen\lower\scratchdimen\flushnextbox}% - \wd\scratchbox#4\scaledpoint - \ht\scratchbox#5\scaledpoint - \dp\scratchbox#6\scaledpoint + \fi\fi}}% \box\scratchbox \elabelgroup} @@ -243,7 +260,6 @@ %D These commands are to be called by the \type{\startobject}, %D \type{\stopobject} and \type{\insertobject} specials. - \def\objectreferenced{\global\chardef\crossreferenceobject\plusone} \def\driverreferenced{\global\chardef\crossreferenceobject\zerocount} @@ -388,4 +404,4 @@ %D support objects while we still want to be able to use the %D \DVI\ output. -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-pos.tex b/tex/context/base/core-pos.tex index c05cb68d9..2e37c8440 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-pos.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-pos.tex @@ -1750,6 +1750,29 @@ \def\backgroundvariable#1% {\csname\??td\currenttextbackground#1\endcsname} +% \definetextbackground[more][state=start,backgroundcolor=red] % location=paragraph +% \definetextbackground[test][state=start,backgroundcolor=green] +% +% \page \placefigure[left]{}{} +% +% \starttextbackground[test] +% \readfile{ward}{}{} +% \starttextbackground[more] +% \readfile{ward}{}{} +% \stoptextbackground +% \readfile{ward}{}{} +% \stoptextbackground +% +% \page \placefigure[right]{}{} +% +% \starttextbackground[test] +% \readfile{ward}{}{} +% \starttextbackground[more] +% \readfile{ward}{}{} +% \stoptextbackground +% \readfile{ward}{}{} +% \stoptextbackground + \def\dostarttextbackground[#1][#2]% {\checktextbackgrounds \def\currenttextbackground{#1}% diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-ref.tex b/tex/context/base/core-ref.tex index 4a1733368..67b4cf3e1 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-ref.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-ref.tex @@ -2609,9 +2609,10 @@ \let\textofreference \relax \def\dodododoinatreference#1#2#3[#4]% \removeunwantedspaces added june 2004 - {\ifx\next\bgroup + {\ifx\next\bgroup % but removed later, fails on metafun \dododododoinatreference - {\leftofreference#1\ignorespaces#3\removeunwantedspaces\rightofreference}{#2}[#4]% + % fails on metafun {\leftofreference#1\ignorespaces#3\removeunwantedspaces\rightofreference}{#2}[#4]% + {\leftofreference#1\ignorespaces#3\rightofreference}{#2}[#4]% \else \dododododoinatreference {\leftofreference#1\rightofreference}{#2#3}[#4]% diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-reg.tex b/tex/context/base/core-reg.tex index fd046af52..33a93b25d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-reg.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-reg.tex @@ -150,6 +150,27 @@ \def\currentregister{#1}% \donoregister[#2]} +% \def\complexdozieregister[#1]#2#3% +% {\begingroup +% \thisisnextinternal\s!ind +% \ifduplicate\getlastregisterentry{#2}\fi +% \convertexpanded{\??id\currentregister}{#2}\asciiregisterentryA +% \convertexpanded{\??id\currentregister}{#3}\asciiregisterentryB +% \makesectionformat +% \edef\schrijfwegnaarregister% +% {\writeutility% +% {r s % +% {\currentregister} % +% {\nextinternalreference} % +% {#1} % +% {\asciiregisterentryA} % +% {\asciiregisterentryB} % +% {\sectionformat}}}% +% \schrijfwegnaarregister +% \endgroup +% \registerinfo{> zie}{#2}% +% \GotoPar} + \def\complexdozieregister[#1]#2#3% {\begingroup \thisisnextinternal\s!ind @@ -891,7 +912,7 @@ {\begingroup \stelregisterin[\currentregister][#1]% \raggedright - \startkolommen + \startcolumns [\c!n=\getvalue{\??id\currentregister\c!n}, \c!balanceren=\getvalue{\??id\currentregister\c!balanceren}, \c!uitlijnen=\getvalue{\??id\currentregister\c!uitlijnen}]% @@ -899,7 +920,7 @@ \startopelkaar[\v!blanko]% \doutilities\currentregister\jobname\currentregister\relax\par \stopopelkaar - \stopkolommen + \stopcolumns \endgroup} % \def\complexdovolledigregister[#1]% \@EA's kunnen weg diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex b/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex index 73f432dab..202511786 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex @@ -2549,6 +2549,42 @@ \localhsize\hsize \fi\fi} +% \def\dododostartframedtext[#1][#2][#3]% +% {\doifsomething{#2}{\setvalue{\??kd#1\c!plaats}{#2}}% +% \processaction % \v!laag en \v!diepte are already taken ! +% [\framedtextparameter{#1}\c!plaats] +% [ \v!links=>\letvalue{\??kd#1\c!links }\relax +% \letvalue{\??kd#1\c!rechts}\hfill, +% \v!rechts=>\letvalue{\??kd#1\c!links }\hfill +% \letvalue{\??kd#1\c!rechts}\relax, +% \v!midden=>\letvalue{\??kd#1\c!links }\hfill +% \letvalue{\??kd#1\c!rechts}\hfill, +% \v!geen=>\letvalue{\??kd#1\c!links }\relax % new +% \letvalue{\??kd#1\c!rechts}\relax]% new +% \letvalue{\??kd#1\c!plaats}\empty +% % removed 06/2001 +% % \forgetparindent +% % added 06/2001 [see demo-bbv] +% \localhsize\hsize \checkframedtext +% % so far +% \setbox\framebox\vbox +% \startboxedcontent +% \hsize\localhsize +% % \insidefloattrue % ? better +% \expanded{\switchtobodyfont[\framedtextparameter{#1}\c!korps]}% +% \startcolor[\framedtextparameter{#1}\c!kleur]% +% \localframed[\??kd#1][\c!strut=\v!nee,#3]% +% \bgroup +% \let\\=\endgraf +% \framedtextparameter{#1}\c!binnen % oud spul +% \doifvalue{\??kd#1\c!dieptecorrectie}\v!aan % new, inside box +% {\bgroup +% \verticalstrut +% \vskip-\struttotal}% +% \doinhibitblank % \blanko[\v!blokkeer]% plaatst signal +% \doconvertfont{\framedtextparameter{#1}\c!letter}\empty +% \def\dostopframedtext{\dodostopframedtext{#1}{#2}}} + \def\dododostartframedtext[#1][#2][#3]% {\doifsomething{#2}{\setvalue{\??kd#1\c!plaats}{#2}}% \processaction % \v!laag en \v!diepte are already taken ! @@ -2580,7 +2616,11 @@ \doifvalue{\??kd#1\c!dieptecorrectie}\v!aan % new, inside box {\bgroup \verticalstrut - \vskip-\struttotal}% + % we need \geenwitruimte in case of setups setting whitespace + % nb, not safe, text vs \vbox as next + \vskip-\struttotal + \geenwitruimte % na vskip ! new 20/05/2004, fails with next content being box (\scale{..}) + }% \doinhibitblank % \blanko[\v!blokkeer]% plaatst signal \doconvertfont{\framedtextparameter{#1}\c!letter}\empty \def\dostopframedtext{\dodostopframedtext{#1}{#2}}} @@ -2661,7 +2701,7 @@ %D %D Putting rules before and after a paragraph is very space %D sensitive, but the next command handles that quite well. It -%D comes in to disguises: +%D comes in two disguises: %D %D \startbuffer %D \textrule[boven]{fragments} @@ -2754,6 +2794,7 @@ %\witruimte % no \@@tlvoor \docomplextextrule{#1}% +% todo, option: \doifnothing{#1}{\ruledvskip-.5ex} \geenwitruimte \@@tltussen \endgraf} @@ -2763,7 +2804,7 @@ \endgraf \fi \dimen0\strutdp - \ifdim\prevdepth<\strutdp + \ifdim\prevdepth>\strutdp\else % was <\strutdp \ifdim\prevdepth>\zeropoint \advance\dimen0 -\prevdepth \fi @@ -2793,11 +2834,10 @@ \def\dounknowntextrule {\iffirstargument - \let\next\dotoptextrule + \@EA\dotoptextrule \else - \def\next{\dobottomtextrule{}}% - \fi - \next} + \@EA\dobottomtextrule\@EA\empty + \fi} %D The grouped commands also supports bodyfont switching: @@ -2811,7 +2851,7 @@ \def\stoptextrule {\par \egroup - \dobottomtextrule{}% + \dobottomtextrule\empty \egroup} %D \macros diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-sec.tex b/tex/context/base/core-sec.tex index 512dd2e94..3bd26334d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-sec.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-sec.tex @@ -392,32 +392,6 @@ % Omdat een markering kan worden herdefinieerd moeten we % eerst testen of er wel een keten||afhankelijkheid is. -% \def\doresetsectionmarks#1% -% {\doifdefined{\??se#1\c!markering} % skip zero level -% {\fastresetmarkerlist[\getvalue{\??se#1\c!markering}]}% -% \donexttracklevel{#1}} -% -% \def\resetsectionmarks#1% -% {\doifdefinedelse{\??se#1} -% {\let\donexttrackcommando\doresetsectionmarks -% \donexttracklevel{#1}}% -% {\fastresetmarker[\mainmarking{#1}]}} % redundant \mainmarking - -% \def\doresetsectionmarks#1% -% {\ifundefined{\??se#1\c!markering}\else % skip zero level -% \fastresetmarkerlist[\csname\??se#1\c!markering\endcsname]% -% \fi -% \donexttracklevel{#1}} -% -% not sure if the next one is better: - -\def\doresetsectionmarks#1% - {\ifundefined{\??se#1\c!markering}% skip zero level - \donexttracklevel{#1}% - \else - \fastresetmarkerlist[\csname\??se#1\c!markering\endcsname]% - \fi} - \def\resetsectionmarks#1% {\ifundefined{\??se#1}% \fastresetmarker[\mainmarking{#1}]% % redundant \mainmarking @@ -426,6 +400,23 @@ \donexttracklevel{#1}% \fi} +\def\doresetsectionmarks#1% + {\ifundefined{\??se#1\c!markering}\else % skip zero level + \fastresetmarkerlist[\csname\??se#1\c!markering\endcsname]% + \fi + \donexttracklevel{#1}} + +% I'm not sure if the next one is better: +% +% \def\doresetsectionmarks#1% +% {\ifundefined{\??se#1\c!markering}% skip zero level +% \donexttracklevel{#1}% +% \else +% \fastresetmarkerlist[\csname\??se#1\c!markering\endcsname]% +% \fi} +% +% and indeed, it isn't, actually, it does not work at all, so let's drop it. + % packaged: % % \def\resetsectioncounters#1% @@ -456,10 +447,18 @@ % evt ook level gaan opslaan tbv snelle selectie -\def\makesectionformat - {\edef\sectionformat +% \def\makesectionformat +% {\edef\sectionformat +% {\@@sectiontype\sectionseparator +% \csname\lastsection\s!format\endcsname}} + +\unprotected \def\makesectionformat % we don't want eigennummers here + {\pushmacro\@@shortsectionnumber + \let\@@shortsectionnumber\@@sectionvalue + \edef\sectionformat {\@@sectiontype\sectionseparator - \csname\lastsection\s!format\endcsname}} + \csname\lastsection\s!format\endcsname}% + \popmacro\@@shortsectionnumber} \def\dobacktracklevel#1% {\doifnot{\previoussection{#1}}\zerosection @@ -887,28 +886,56 @@ % will result in an additional last page, which needs to be % captured at the end -\def\doaroundsectieblok#1% - {\doifvaluesomething{\??sb#1\c!pagina} - {\ExpandFirstAfter\pagina[\getvalue{\??sb#1\c!pagina}]}% +% \def\doaroundsectieblok#1% +% {\doifvaluesomething{\??sb#1\c!pagina} +% {\ExpandFirstAfter\pagina[\getvalue{\??sb#1\c!pagina}]}% +% \resetsectioncounters\zerosection % was firstsection +% \resetsectionmarks\zerosection} + +% \def\dostartsectieblok#1#2% +% {\begingroup +% \doaroundsectieblok{#1}% % going to a new page or so +% \getvalue{\??sb#1}% % set name of section block +% \getsectieblokomgeving{#1}% % special settings, grouped +% %\expandafter\csname#2true\endcsname % obsolete +% \setsystemmode{#1}% % can be used in conditionals +% \getvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!voor}% this one is not to be moved! +% \showmessage\m!structures1\@@sectieblokken} + +% \def\dostopsectieblok +% {\showmessage\m!structures2\@@sectieblokken +% \getvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!na}% don't move +% \doaroundsectieblok\@@sectieblok +% \endgroup} + +\def\doaroundsectieblok + {\doifvaluesomething{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!pagina} + {\pagina[\getvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!pagina}]}% \resetsectioncounters\zerosection % was firstsection \resetsectionmarks\zerosection} \def\dostartsectieblok#1#2% {\begingroup - \doaroundsectieblok{#1}% % going to a new page or so - \getvalue{\??sb#1}% % set name of section block - \getsectieblokomgeving{#1}% % special settings, grouped - %\expandafter\csname#2true\endcsname % obsolete - \setsystemmode{#1}% % can be used in conditionals - \getvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!voor}% this one is not to be moved! + \getvalue{\??sb#1}% + \doaroundsectieblok +% \doifvaluesomething{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!pagina}{\pagina[\getvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!pagina}]}% +% \resetsectioncounters\zerosection % was firstsection +% \resetsectionmarks\zerosection + \getsectieblokomgeving\@@sectieblok + \setsystemmode\@@sectieblok + \getvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!voor}% \showmessage\m!structures1\@@sectieblokken} \def\dostopsectieblok {\showmessage\m!structures2\@@sectieblokken \getvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!na}% don't move - \doaroundsectieblok\@@sectieblok + \doaroundsectieblok +% \doifvaluesomething{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!pagina}{\pagina[\getvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!pagina}]}% +% \resetsectioncounters\zerosection % was firstsection +% \resetsectionmarks\zerosection \endgroup} + \def\dostelsectieblokin[#1]% [#2] {\getparameters[\??sb#1]} @@ -1003,7 +1030,7 @@ \global\paginageblokkeerdtrue \fi} -\def\dohandelpaginaafAB#1% +\def\dohandelpaginaafAB#1% will be replaced by a more clever (signaling) mechanism (in beta) {\flushsidefloats \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!voor}% %\witruimte vervangen door \noindent elders @@ -1837,13 +1864,13 @@ \hskip\dimen0 \!!plus \dimen0 \!!minus .25\dimen0 \hskip\headsignal\ignorespaces \fi - \ifdisplaysectionhead + \ifdisplaysectionhead \ifvmode \ifgridsnapping % important, font related depth, see comment \prevdepth\strutdp \else \prevdepth\localheaddepth \fi - \fi + \fi \fi \stopsynchronisatie \egroup \egroup diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-spa.tex b/tex/context/base/core-spa.tex index efbb4890e..953e91962 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-spa.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-spa.tex @@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ \global\let\carriedoverpar\relax \def\carryoverpar#1% - {\expanded - {\noexpand#1% + {\expanded % \scratchtoks{#1}% + {\noexpand#1% \the\scratchtoks \hangindent\the\hangindent \hangafter \the\hangafter \parskip \the\parskip @@ -434,8 +434,9 @@ % \TestBlank[2*big,whatever] % \TestBlank[3\lineheight] -\def\addblankskip#1#2#3% - {\global\advance\blankoskip#1\ifgridsnapping#3\else#2\fi} +% this will be replaced/enhanced + +\def\addblankskip#1#2#3{\global\advance\blankoskip#1\ifgridsnapping#3\else#2\fi} \def\defineblankmethod[#1]#2{\setvalue{\??bo\??bo#1}{#2}} @@ -445,10 +446,10 @@ \defineblankmethod [-\v!middel]{\addblankskip-\medskipamount {.5\openlineheight}} \defineblankmethod [\v!klein]{\addblankskip+\smallskipamount{.25\openlineheight}} \defineblankmethod [-\v!klein]{\addblankskip-\smallskipamount{.25\openlineheight}} -\defineblankmethod [\v!wit]{\addblankskip+\parskip\openlineheight} -\defineblankmethod [-\v!wit]{\addblankskip-\parskip\openlineheight} -\defineblankmethod [\v!regel]{\addblankskip+\openlineheight\openlineheight} -\defineblankmethod [-\v!regel]{\addblankskip-\openlineheight\openlineheight} +\defineblankmethod [\v!wit]{\addblankskip+\parskip \openlineheight} +\defineblankmethod [-\v!wit]{\addblankskip-\parskip \openlineheight} +\defineblankmethod [\v!regel]{\addblankskip+\openlineheight \openlineheight} +\defineblankmethod [-\v!regel]{\addblankskip-\openlineheight \openlineheight} \defineblankmethod [\v!formule ]{\global\advance\blankoskip\medskipamount} \defineblankmethod [\v!geenwit ]{\global\blankogeenwittrue} @@ -1903,8 +1904,13 @@ \edef\strutdepth {\the\strutdp}% \dosetstrut} +% \def\setfontstrut +% {\setcharstrut{(}} +% +% better, since some fonts have small (but descending Q etc) + \def\setfontstrut - {\setcharstrut{(}} + {\setcharstrut{(gplQT}} \def\setcapstrut% could be M, but Q has descender {\setcharstrut{Q}} @@ -2285,15 +2291,6 @@ \def\definieerhbox% {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieerhbox} -\def\lrcbox#1#2#% - {\vbox#2\bgroup - \let\\=\endgraf - \forgetall#1\let\next=} - -\def\lbox{\lrcbox\raggedleft} -\def\rbox{\lrcbox\raggedright} -\def\cbox{\lrcbox\raggedcenter} - \def\iobox#1#2#3#% here #3# is not really needed {\vbox\bgroup % we want to return a vbox like the others \hbox\bgroup% we need to pack the signal with the box diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex b/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex index 2558e7d6b..93e480fd0 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex @@ -13,6 +13,12 @@ \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / TaBlE Embedding} +% Don't change the splitter: +% +% ... \NR +% \TABLEnoalign{\page}\TABLEhead +% \NC ... + % e-tex: reverse rows or vadjust or ... in tables % \ifalign % \xhrule : calls for 'special' with width @@ -493,6 +499,63 @@ \fi % i.e. vtop \box\scratchbox} +% We also need to patch away the interfering math switch: + +% \mathpunctuationtrue + +% test, test +% \starttable[|c|] +% \NC1,,10\NC\AR +% \stoptable +% test, test + +\def\!ttBeginTableA[#1]{% + \if #1u% % "unboxed" table + \ifmmode + \def\!ttEndTable{% % user had better be in display math mode + \relax}% % and have only one table at the outer level + \else % user had better be in vertical mode + \bgroup + \def\!ttEndTable{% + \egroup}% + \fi + \else + %\hbox\bgroup $ + %\def\!ttEndTable{% + % \egroup % for the \vtop, \vbox, or \vcenter, yet to come + % $% for math mode + % \egroup}% for the \hbox + %\if #1t% + % \vtop + %\else + % \if #1b% + % \vbox + % \else + % \vcenter % math mode was essential for this + % \fi + %\fi + % + \hbox\bgroup + \def\!ttEndTable{\egroup\egroup}% + \if#1t% + \vtop + \else\if#1b% + \vbox + \else + \def\!ttEndTable{\egroup$\egroup}% + %$\vcenter + \scratchtoks\everymath\everymath\emptytoks$\everymath\scratchtoks\vcenter + \fi\fi + % + \bgroup % for the \vtop, \vbox, or \vcenter + \fi + \advance\!taRecursionLevel 1 % RecursionLevel governs initialization + \let\!ttRightGlue=\relax % This may be changed by \JustCenter, etc + \everycr\emptytoks % ={} + \ifnum \!taRecursionLevel=1 + \!ttInitializeTable + \fi} + % (*) Try this one with \type {direction} and {girection}; % the \PPCHTEX\ manual is a nice testcase. % @@ -976,6 +1039,9 @@ % \catcode`\|=\@@other % \dodoubleargument\dodefinetabletemplate} + +% \TABLEnoalign{\page}\TABLEhead is valid + \def\douseTABLEtemplate#1#2#3% {\gdef\TABLEhead{\getvalue{@@TABLEhead#2}}% \gdef\TABLEtail{\getvalue{@@TABLEtail#3}}% diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-tbl.tex b/tex/context/base/core-tbl.tex index 22ce37474..b796587c5 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-tbl.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-tbl.tex @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ {\dontcomplain \global\setbox\tabulatebox % % % global ? % % % \vsplit\tablebox\tabulatecolumn to \lineheight - \setbox\tabulatebox\vbox + \setbox\tabulatebox\normalvbox {\unvbox\tabulatebox}% \setbox\tabulatebox\hbox to \wd\tabulatebox {\hss\dotabulatehook{\box\tabulatebox}\hss}% diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex b/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex index 01e0d1471..c4121b934 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex @@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ \dontcomplain \boxrulewidth5\testrulewidth #3#4\relax - \setbox0\normalhbox to \scratchdimen + \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox to \scratchdimen {#2{\ruledhbox to \scratchdimen {\vrule #5 20\testrulewidth \!!width \zeropoint \normalhss}}}% - \smashbox0 + \smashbox\scratchbox \normalpenalty\!!tenthousand - \box0 + \box\scratchbox \egroup} \def\ruledhanging @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ \ifnum\hangafter<\zerocount \normalhbox {\boxrulewidth5\testrulewidth - \setbox0\ruledhbox to \hangindent + \setbox\scratchbox\ruledhbox to \hangindent {\scratchdimen\strutht \advance\scratchdimen \strutdp \vrule @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ \!!height \zeropoint \!!depth -\hangafter\scratchdimen}% \normalhskip-\hangindent - \smashbox0 - \raise\strutht\box0}% + \smashbox\scratchbox + \raise\strutht\box\scratchbox}% \fi \fi} @@ -214,14 +214,14 @@ \vrule \!!height \testrulewidth \!!depth \testrulewidth - \!!width 120pt} + \!!width 120\points} \normalvfill}% \smashbox\scratchbox \advance\scratchdimen \strutheightfactor\baselineskip \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox - {\normalhskip -48pt - \normalhbox to 24pt - {\normalhss\debuggertext\ruledbaselines\normalhskip6pt}% + {\normalhskip -48\points + \normalhbox to 24\points + {\normalhss\debuggertext\ruledbaselines\normalhskip6\points}% \raise\scratchdimen\box\scratchbox}% \smashbox\scratchbox \box\scratchbox @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ \boxmaxdepth\maxdimen \offinterlineskip \scratchdimen\cutmarklength - \divide\scratchdimen 2 + \divide\scratchdimen \plustwo \hsize\ruledwidth \setbox\scratchbox\normalvbox {\setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\horizontalcuts}% @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ \def\colorrangeB {\hbox {\scratchdimen-\colormarklength - \multiply\scratchdimen 2 + \multiply\scratchdimen \plustwo \advance\scratchdimen \ruledwidth \divide\scratchdimen 11 \def\docommando ##1 ##2 ##3##4##5##6% @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ \edef\ruledwidth {\the\wd#2}% \setbox#2\hbox {\scratchdimen\colormarklength - \divide\scratchdimen 2 + \divide\scratchdimen \plustwo \forgetall \ssxx \setbox\scratchbox\vbox @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined - \let\showwhatsits\relax + \let\showwhatsits \relax \let\dontshowwhatsits\relax \else @@ -720,13 +720,8 @@ \vrule\!!width\wd\scratchbox\dostopcolormode \hskip-\wd\scratchbox\box\scratchbox}% \scratchdimen1ex - \ifdone - \setbox\scratchbox\hbox - {\hskip#4\scratchdimen\box\scratchbox}% - \else - \setbox\scratchbox\hbox - {\raise#4\scratchdimen\box\scratchbox}% - \fi + \setbox\scratchbox\hbox + {\ifdone\hskip\else\raise#4\fi\scratchdimen\box\scratchbox}% \smashbox\scratchbox \ifdone\nointerlineskip\fi \box\scratchbox @@ -751,7 +746,7 @@ \ifhmode \edef\popwhatsit{\kern\the\lastkern}\unkern \else - \edef\popwhatsit{\kern\the\lastkern\prevdepth\the\prevdepth} + \edef\popwhatsit{\kern\the\lastkern\prevdepth\the\prevdepth}% \kern-\lastkern \fi \fi @@ -768,7 +763,7 @@ \ifhmode \edef\popwhatsit{\hskip\the\lastskip}\unskip \else - \edef\popwhatsit{\vskip\the\lastskip\prevdepth\the\prevdepth} + \edef\popwhatsit{\vskip\the\lastskip\prevdepth\the\prevdepth}% \vskip-\lastskip \fi \fi} @@ -843,6 +838,6 @@ \def\coloredvtop{\coloredbox\vtop} \def\coloredstrut - {\color[strutcolor]{\def\strutwidth{2pt}\setstrut\strut}} + {\color[strutcolor]{\def\strutwidth{2\points}\setstrut\strut}} \protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/filt-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/filt-ini.tex index fbc46a518..6fe8a37fa 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/filt-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/filt-ini.tex @@ -8,72 +8,72 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Filter Macros (ini)} -\ifx\OmegaVersion\undefined +% \ifx\OmegaVersion\undefined - \let\definefiltersynonym \gobbledoubleempty - \let\definefiltersequence \gobbledoubleempty -\unexpanded\def\usefiltersequence {\gobblesingleempty} - \let\usefilter \gobblesingleempty - \let\truefiltername \gobbleoneargument +% \let\definefiltersynonym \gobbledoubleempty +% \let\definefiltersequence \gobbledoubleempty +% \unexpanded\def\usefiltersequence {\gobblesingleempty} +% \let\usefilter \gobblesingleempty +% \let\truefiltername \gobbleoneargument - \expandafter \endinput -\fi +% \expandafter \endinput +% \fi \unprotect -%D The real work starts here. +%D The real work starts here. -\startmessages dutch library: filters +\startmessages dutch library: filters title: filter 1: filter -- wordt geladen 2: onbekend filter -- \stopmessages -\startmessages english library: filters +\startmessages english library: filters title: filter 1: filter -- is loaded 2: unknown filter -- \stopmessages -\startmessages german library: filters +\startmessages german library: filters title: filter 1: filter -- is loaded 2: unknown filter -- \stopmessages -\startmessages czech library: filters +\startmessages czech library: filters title: filter 1: filter -- is loaded 2: unknown filter -- \stopmessages -\startmessages italian library: filters +\startmessages italian library: filters title: filtri 1: filtro -- caricato 2: filtro sconosciuto -- \stopmessages -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {definefiltersynonym} -\def\definefiltersynonym% +\def\definefiltersynonym {\dodoubleargument\dodefinefiltersynonym} \def\dodefinefiltersynonym[#1][#2]% {\setvalue{\??or#1}{#2}} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {truefiltername} \def\truefiltername#1% {\ifundefined{\??or#1}#1\else\truefiltername{\getvalue{\??or#1}}\fi} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {definefiltersequence} \def\definefiltersequence% @@ -82,38 +82,61 @@ \def\dodefinefiltersequence[#1][#2]% {\setvalue{\??ot#1}{#2}} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {usefiltersequence} +%D \def\magicocpnumber{1} +% \def\dodousefiltersequence#1% +% {\expandafter\ocp\csname\??or:#1\endcsname=\truefiltername{#1}\relax +% \@EA \appendtoks +% \@EA \addbeforeocplist \@EA \magicocpnumber \csname\??or:#1\endcsname +% \to \scratchtoks} + +% one can do: +% +% \definefiltersequence +% [farsi] +% [utf8 to unicode16=>5, +% persian fix, +% arabic analysis=>3, +% arabic glyphs] +% +% so, => is used to signal a priority + \def\dodousefiltersequence#1% {\expandafter\ocp\csname\??or:#1\endcsname=\truefiltername{#1}\relax - \@EA \appendtoks - \@EA \addbeforeocplist \@EA \magicocpnumber \csname\??or:#1\endcsname - \to {\toks0}} + \splitstring#1\at=>\to\!!stringa\and\!!stringb + \edef\!!stringb{\number\ifx\!!stringb\empty\magicocpnumber\else\!!stringb\fi}% + \appendetoks + \noexpand\addbeforeocplist + \!!stringb\space + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\??or:\!!stringa\endcsname + \to \scratchtoks} \unexpanded\def\usefiltersequence[#1]% {\edef\currentfiltersequence{\getvalue{\??ot#1}}% - \toks0=\emptytoks + \scratchtoks\emptytoks \processcommacommand[\currentfiltersequence]\dodousefiltersequence - \expanded{\ocplist\csname\??ot:#1\endcsname=\the\toks0}\nullocplist + % \showthe\scratchtoks + \expanded{\ocplist\csname\??ot:#1\endcsname=\the\scratchtoks}\nullocplist \expanded{\pushocplist\csname\??ot:#1\endcsname}\relax} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {usefilter} \def\dousefilter#1% {\doifundefined{\c!file\f!filterprefix#1}% - {\setvalue{\c!file\f!filterprefix#1}{}% + {\letvalue{\c!file\f!filterprefix#1}\empty \makeshortfilename[\f!filterprefix#1]% \startreadingfile - \readsysfile{\shortfilename} - {\showmessage{\m!filters}{1}{#1}} - {\showmessage{\m!filters}{2}{#1}}% + \readsysfile\shortfilename + {\showmessage\m!filters1{#1}} + {\showmessage\m!filters2{#1}}% \stopreadingfile}} \def\usefilter[#1]% {\processcommalist[#1]\dousefilter} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-arb.tex b/tex/context/base/font-arb.tex index d468f6c28..239ca436e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-arb.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-arb.tex @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -% NOT YET ADAPTED TO THE NEW FONT MACROS +% NOT YET ADAPTED TO THE NEW FONT MACROS -% I still need to hook in some features into the setup -% macro. I also have to (re)define farsi etc. in ways -% similar to arab, so that we have dedicated environments. +% I still need to hook in some features into the setup +% macro. I also have to (re)define farsi etc. in ways +% similar to arab, so that we have dedicated environments. % -% keywords needed: vocalize transscribe +% keywords needed: vocalize transscribe % % \startarabic[option=vocalize] % or vocalize=yes % ...... @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Font Macros / ArabTeX support} @@ -35,40 +35,40 @@ %D Having implemented support for chinese a few weeks before, %D I could not resist to build in support for arab and hebrew %D too. Writing support for languages that don't give me any -%D cue on how to pronounce their script, is kind of special. +%D cue on how to pronounce their script, is kind of special. -%D This is a beta version, since I still have to take care of some -%D macros that conflict with existing stuff. +%D This is a beta version, since I still have to take care of some +%D macros that conflict with existing stuff. -\unprotect +\unprotect \definesystemvariable{ARABTEX} %D A few (maybe too) simple hooks into the font mechanism. The -%D hook into the language module is not yet done. +%D hook into the language module is not yet done. \unexpanded\def\setarabicfont#1% {\scratchdimen=1.2\bodyfontsize \font\arbfont=\truefontname{Arabic#1} at \currentfontscale\scratchdimen \setx@skels -\newfonttrue +\newfonttrue \arbfont} -%D Just to be compatible with Arab\TEX\ we define: +%D Just to be compatible with Arab\TEX\ we define: \unexpanded\def\nash {\setarabicfont\s!Regular} -\unexpanded\def\nashbf {\setarabicfont\s!Bold } +\unexpanded\def\nashbf {\setarabicfont\s!Bold } \unexpanded\def\pnash {\setarabicfont\s!Regular} -\unexpanded\def\pnashbf {\setarabicfont\s!Bold } +\unexpanded\def\pnashbf {\setarabicfont\s!Bold } \unexpanded\def\xnash {\setarabicfont\s!Regular} -\unexpanded\def\xnashbf {\setarabicfont\s!Bold } +\unexpanded\def\xnashbf {\setarabicfont\s!Bold } -%D The display arabic environment (will be an installable -%D object) uses a few conditionals. Let's do it the +%D The display arabic environment (will be an installable +%D object) uses a few conditionals. Let's do it the %D \CONTEXT\ way and define an anvironment that we later can -%D adapt. +%D adapt. -\newif\if@ignore +\newif\if@ignore \newif\if@endpe \def\setupARABTEXalternative[#1]% @@ -88,10 +88,10 @@ \setvalue{\e!start#1}% {\dodoubleempty\dostartARABTEXalternative[#1]}% \unexpanded\setvalue{#1}##1% - {{\initializeARABTEXinternals{#1}\a@RL{##1}}}% + {{\initializeARABTEXinternals{#1}\a@RL{##1}}}% \unexpanded\def\RL{\getvalue{#1}}% \unexpanded\def\LR{\a@LR}% - \let\R=\RL + \let\R=\RL \let\L=\LR \else \defineARABTEXalternative[arabic]% @@ -107,15 +107,15 @@ \let \d=\ARABTEXd \let |=\ARABTEXbar \let \,=\ARABTEXcomma - \let\protect=\ARABTEXprotect + \let\protect=\ARABTEXprotect \let\normaltx \tx \def\tx {\normaltx \setarabicfont\fontstylesuffix}% \let\normaltxx\txx\def\txx{\normaltxx\setarabicfont\fontstylesuffix}} -\def\dostartARABTEXalternative[#1][#2]% +\def\dostartARABTEXalternative[#1][#2]% {\begingroup \getparameters[\??ARABTEX#1][#2]% \ifnum1<0\getvalue{\??ARABTEX#1\c!n}\relax - \startkolommen + \startcolumns \else \getvalue{\??ARABTEX#1\c!voor}% \fi @@ -127,42 +127,42 @@ \def\initializeARABTEXalternative#1% {\getvalue{\??ARABTEX#1\c!letter}} -\def\initializeARABTEXend#1% \CONTEXT\ does use \end quite differently +\def\initializeARABTEXend#1% \CONTEXT\ does use \end quite differently {\long\def\end##1% {\endarabtext \ifnum1<0\getvalue{\??ARABTEX#1\c!n}\relax - \stopkolommen + \stopcolumns \else \getvalue{\??ARABTEX#1\c!na}% \fi \endgroup}% - \let\a@l@end\end + \let\a@l@end\end \letvalue{\e!stop#1}=\end \long\def\end##1% {\endarabtext \endgroup \if@ignore\global\@ignorefalse\expandafter\ignorespaces\fi}} -%D Arabic verbatim. +%D Arabic verbatim. -\def\typearab{\a@@verb} +\def\typearab{\a@@verb} %D Some \LATEX\ macros. \def \makeatletter {\unprotect} -\def \makeatother {\protect} +\def \makeatother {\protect} \def \typeout #1{\writestatus{arabtex}{#1}} %D We have to save some macros. \let\ARABTEXversion=\empty -\def\startloadingARABTEX% ugly hacks - {\catcode`!=12 - \catcode`?=12 +\def\startloadingARABTEX% ugly hacks + {\catcode`!=12 + \catcode`?=12 \pushmacro\output \let \output \scratchtokens - \pushmacro\LaTeX \let \LaTeX \undefined - \pushmacro\CJK \let \CJK \undefined + \pushmacro\LaTeX \let \LaTeX \undefined + \pushmacro\CJK \let \CJK \undefined \pushmacro\year \let \year \normalyear \pushmacro\month \let \month \normalmonth \pushmacro\day \let \day \normalday @@ -175,11 +175,11 @@ \pushmacro\cap} \def\stoploadingARABTEX% - {\catcode`!=11 - \catcode`?=11 + {\catcode`!=11 + \catcode`?=11 \popmacro\cap \popmacro\emphasize - \popmacro\theversion + \popmacro\theversion \popmacro\version \popmacro\datum \popmacro\linewidth @@ -187,25 +187,25 @@ \popmacro\day \popmacro\month \popmacro\year - \popmacro\CJK + \popmacro\CJK \popmacro\LaTeX - \popmacro\output} + \popmacro\output} -%D We save some macros: +%D We save some macros: \startloadingARABTEX -%D When loading \ARABTEX\ we have to set back the~! and~?. +%D When loading \ARABTEX\ we have to set back the~! and~?. -\input arabtex.sty +\input arabtex.sty -%D Since \ARABTEX\ has its own \type {\cap}, we save the -%D new meaning. We also redefine some \PLAIN\ macros, which -%D happen to have a different meaning in \LATEX. +%D Since \ARABTEX\ has its own \type {\cap}, we save the +%D new meaning. We also redefine some \PLAIN\ macros, which +%D happen to have a different meaning in \LATEX. -\let\ARABTEXversion=\theversion +\let\ARABTEXversion=\theversion -\let\ARABTEXcap=\cap +\let\ARABTEXcap=\cap \def\ARABTEXsh@ft#1% {\dimen@.00#1ex @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ {{\o@lign{\relax#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{29}% \vbox to.2ex{\hbox{\char22}\vss}\hidewidth}}} -%D A few internals: +%D A few internals: \def \ARABTEXcomma {\relax\ifmmode\mskip\thinmuskip\else\thinspace\fi} \def \ARABTEXbreakA {\hfill\break} @@ -228,38 +228,38 @@ \edef\ARABTEXbar {\string|} \let \ARABTEXprotect \relax -%D Now we can pop the saved macros. +%D Now we can pop the saved macros. \stoploadingARABTEX %D Ah, we have to get rid of some \type {\protect} stuff but -%D to permit testing we add it in the \CONTEXT\ way. +%D to permit testing we add it in the \CONTEXT\ way. \bgroup -\catcode`\<=\@other +\catcode`\<=\@other \unexpanded\gdef\a@ins% - {\ifmmode + {\ifmmode \expandafter<% - \else - \leavevmode \bgroup + \else + \leavevmode \bgroup \arab@codes \set@arabfont \@waslafalse \@wasfalse - \expandafter\arab@insert + \expandafter\arab@insert \fi} -\unexpanded\gdef\<{\a@ins} +\unexpanded\gdef\<{\a@ins} \catcode`\<=\active \global\let<=\a@ins \egroup -%D We also need to register a few macros: +%D We also need to register a few macros: \all@w@ne\initializeARABTEXalternative % one argument, internal command -\all@wcmd\tx % no argument, small font -\all@wcmd\txx % no argument, smaller font +\all@wcmd\tx % no argument, small font +\all@wcmd\txx % no argument, smaller font -%D The main definitions are: +%D The main definitions are: -\definefontsynonym [ArabicRegular] [xnsh14] -\definefontsynonym [ArabicBold] [xnsh14bf] +\definefontsynonym [ArabicRegular] [xnsh14] +\definefontsynonym [ArabicBold] [xnsh14bf] \defineARABTEXalternative [arabic] @@ -281,9 +281,9 @@ [\c!binnen=\setmaghribi, \c!letter=\setarabfont\fontstylesuffix] -%D Apart from such definitions, one can adapt the settings -%D using \type {\setupARABTEXalternative}. -%D +%D Apart from such definitions, one can adapt the settings +%D using \type {\setupARABTEXalternative}. +%D %D A few years ago at the Holland Festivities, I attended {\em %D The Cave}, one of the most impressive combinations of music %D and video I know. This composition of Steve Reich (music) @@ -294,25 +294,25 @@ %D interviews, music, and |<|believe it or not|>| rhythmic %D typography are the cornerstones. Remembering those big %D screens, it strikes me that like music, \TEX\ too is a -%D perfect instrument to cross cultural and linguistic -%D borders. So, let's: +%D perfect instrument to cross cultural and linguistic +%D borders. So, let's: -\protect +\protect %D those macros, -\endinput +\endinput %D and use them! % \defineconversion [abjad] [\abj@d] % % voetnoten verbatim lijsten indexen tabellen uitlijnen -% +% % \v!hoofdstuk=al-fa.slu % \v!inhoud=al-mu.htawayAtu % \v!figuren=qA'imaTu al-.suwaru % \v!tabellen=qA'imaTu al-^gadAwilu % \v!grafieken=qA'imaTu al-rusUmu -% \v!index=al-fihrisu +% \v!index=al-fihrisu % \v!bijlage=al-mul.haqu diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-chi.tex b/tex/context/base/font-chi.tex index c72f464c7..6f5f77d3b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-chi.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-chi.tex @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ \advance\dimen2 \@@vtafstand \divide\dimen0 \number\dimen2 \edef\@@vtn{\number\dimen0}}% - \startkolommen + \startcolumns [\c!richting=\@@vtrichting, \c!balanceren=\@@vtbalanceren, \c!afstand=\@@vtafstand, @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ #1]} \def\stopvertical - {\stopkolommen + {\stopcolumns \egroup} \setupchinese @@ -492,22 +492,22 @@ %D \def\DoIt #1 #2 % %D {\hbox{\hbox to 2em{\uchar{#1}{#2}\hss}#1 #2}\par} %D -%D \startkolommen[n=5] +%D \startcolumns[n=5] %D \DoIt 161 162 \DoIt 161 163 \DoIt 161 164 \DoIt 161 167 \DoIt 161 173 %D \DoIt 161 175 \DoIt 161 177 \DoIt 161 179 \DoIt 161 181 \DoIt 161 183 %D \DoIt 161 185 \DoIt 161 187 \DoIt 161 189 \DoIt 161 191 \DoIt 161 227 %D \DoIt 161 228 \DoIt 161 229 \DoIt 163 161 \DoIt 163 162 \DoIt 163 167 %D \DoIt 163 169 \DoIt 163 172 \DoIt 163 174 \DoIt 163 186 \DoIt 163 187 %D \DoIt 163 190 \DoIt 163 191 \DoIt 163 221 \DoIt 163 253 -%D \stopkolommen +%D \stopcolumns %D %D A linebreak is not permitted after the following glyphs: %D -%D \startkolommen[n=5] +%D \startcolumns[n=5] %D \DoIt 161 174 \DoIt 161 176 \DoIt 161 178 \DoIt 161 180 \DoIt 161 182 %D \DoIt 161 184 \DoIt 161 186 \DoIt 161 188 \DoIt 161 190 \DoIt 163 168 %D \DoIt 163 219 \DoIt 163 224 \DoIt 163 251 -%D \stopkolommen +%D \stopcolumns %D \macros %D {tracechinesetrue, showchinesetracelegend} diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex index 494308489..4e5ead1f6 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex @@ -1456,7 +1456,8 @@ %D for helping me sort this out. %D \macros -%D {definefontsynonym} +%D {definefontsynonym, doifelsefontsynonym, +%D expandfontsynonym, truefontname, truefontdata} %D %D While looking for fonts, fontsynonyms are used for accessing %D the files! @@ -1541,6 +1542,18 @@ \@EA\truefontname\csname\??ff\fontclass#1\endcsname \fi} +\def\expandfontsynonym#1#2% #2 := onelevelexpansion(#1) + {\@EA\ifx\csname\??ff\fontclass#2\endcsname\relax\else + \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{\csname\??ff\fontclass#2\endcsname}% + \fi} + +\def\doifelsefontsynonym#1% + {\@EA\ifx\csname\??ff\fontclass#1\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments + \else + \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments + \fi} + \endTEX \beginETEX \ifcsname @@ -1569,7 +1582,20 @@ #1% \fi\fi} +\def\expandfontsynonym#1#2% #2 := onelevelexpansion(#1) + {\ifcsname\??ff\fontclass#2\endcsname + \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{\csname\??ff\fontclass#2\endcsname}% + \fi} + +\def\doifelsefontsynonym#1% + {\ifcsname\??ff\fontclass#1\endcsname + \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments + \else + \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments + \fi} + \endETEX + %D \macros %D {tracedfontname} @@ -2074,17 +2100,40 @@ \def\checkbodyfontenvironment[#1]% {\definebodyfontenvironment[\fontclass][#1][]} -\def\setupbodyfontenvironment - {\dotripleempty\dosetupbodyfontenvironment} +% original +% +% \def\setupbodyfontenvironment +% {\dotripleempty\dosetupbodyfontenvironment} +% +% \def\dosetupbodyfontenvironment[#1][#2][#3]% class size settings +% {\@@beginfontdef +% \ifthirdargument +% \getparameters[\??ft#1#2][#3]% +% \else +% \getparameters[\??ft#1][#2]% +% \fi +% \@@endfontdef} +% +% this one already catches both define/setup -\def\dosetupbodyfontenvironment[#1][#2][#3]% class size settings - {\@@beginfontdef - \ifthirdargument - \getparameters[\??ft#1#2][#3]% - \else - \getparameters[\??ft#1][#2]% - \fi - \@@endfontdef} +\def\setupbodyfontenvironment{\definebodyfontenvironment} + +% officially, but not needed (yet): +% +% \def\dosetupbodyfontenvironment[#1][#2][#3]% class size settings +% {\ifthirdargument +% \localbodyfontsize#2\relax +% \normalizebodyfontsize\localbodyfontsize\to\normalizedbodyfontsize +% \doifundefinedelse{\??ft#1\normalizedbodyfontsize\c!em} +% {\definebodyfontenvironment[#1][#2][#3]}% +% {\getparameters[\??ft#1\normalizedbodyfontsize][#3]}% +% \else +% \localbodyfontsize#1\relax +% \normalizebodyfontsize\localbodyfontsize\to\normalizedbodyfontsize +% \doifundefinedelse{\??ft\normalizedbodyfontsize\c!em} +% {\definebodyfontenvironment[#1][#2]}% +% {\getparameters[\??ft\normalizedbodyfontsize][#2]}% +% \fi} %D Just a couple of interface macros: diff --git a/tex/context/base/hand-def.tex b/tex/context/base/hand-def.tex index 5da5b9d94..ac1c8566a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/hand-def.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/hand-def.tex @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ % combined variants -\definefonthandling [quality] [hz,extended,pure] +\definefonthandling [quality] [hz,pure] % A special case of guillemots, beware: when used ungrouped, % it overloads all successive (current) encoding vector diff --git a/tex/context/base/hand-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/hand-ini.tex index a8a87db7e..d9a2edddc 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/hand-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/hand-ini.tex @@ -323,8 +323,12 @@ {\dotripleempty\dodefinefonthandling} \def\dodefinefonthandling[#1][#2][#3]% - {\setvalue{\@fha@\@fha@#1}{#2}% - \getparameters[\@fha@\@fha@#1][\c!type=\v!hangend,\c!links=1,\c!rechts=1,\c!min=20,\c!max=20,\c!stap=5,#3]} + {\ifthirdargument + \setvalue{\@fha@\@fha@#1}{#2}% + \getparameters[\@fha@\@fha@#1][\c!type=\v!hangend,\c!links=1,\c!rechts=1,\c!min=20,\c!max=20,\c!stap=5,#3]% + \else + \setvalue{\@fha@\@fha@\@fha@#1}{#2}% + \fi} \def\setupfonthandling {\dodoubleempty\dosetupfonthandling} @@ -342,22 +346,45 @@ \def\fastenablehandling#1% {\edef\askedfonthandling{#1}% - \@EA\ifx\csname\@fha@\@fha@\askedfonthandling\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\nofastenablehandling + \@EA\ifx\csname\@fha@\@fha@\@fha@\askedfonthandling\endcsname\relax + \@EA\ifx\csname\@fha@\@fha@\askedfonthandling\endcsname\relax + \@EAEAEA\nofastenablehandling + \else + \@EAEAEA\dofastenablehandling + \fi + \else + \@EA\redofastenablehandling + \fi} + +\def\xfastenablehandling#1% + {\edef\askedfonthandling{#1}% + \@EA\ifx\csname\@fha@\@fha@\askedfonthandling\endcsname + \@EA\nofastenablehandling \else - \expandafter\dofastenablehandling + \@EA\dofastenablehandling \fi} \endTEX \beginETEX \ifcsname -\def\fastenablehandling#1% also gets #2 passed +\def\fastenablehandling#1#2% also gets #2 passed + {\edef\askedfonthandling{#1}% + \edef\filoffonthandling{#2}% + \ifcsname\@fha@\@fha@\@fha@\askedfonthandling\endcsname + \@EA\redofastenablehandling + \else\ifcsname\@fha@\@fha@\askedfonthandling\endcsname + \@EAEAEA\dofastenablehandling + \else + \@EAEAEA\nofastenablehandling + \fi\fi} + +\def\xfastenablehandling#1% {\edef\askedfonthandling{#1}% \ifcsname\@fha@\@fha@\askedfonthandling\endcsname - \expandafter\dofastenablehandling + \@EA\dofastenablehandling \else - \expandafter\nofastenablehandling + \@EA\nofastenablehandling \fi} \endETEX @@ -372,14 +399,18 @@ \setfontadjusting\askedfonthandling \to \everyenablefonthandling -\def\dofastenablehandling#1% +\def\redofastenablehandling + {\edef\fonthandling{\csname\@fha@\@fha@\@fha@\askedfonthandling\endcsname}% + \rawprocesscommacommand[\fonthandling]\xfastenablehandling} + +\def\dofastenablehandling {\the\everyenablefonthandling \edef\fonthandling{\csname\@fha@\@fha@\askedfonthandling\endcsname}% - \checkfonthandling{#1}% + \checkfonthandling\filoffonthandling \rawprocesscommacommand[\fonthandling]\dodoenablehandling - \registerfonthandling{#1}} + \registerfonthandling\filoffonthandling} -\def\nofastenablehandling#1% +\def\nofastenablehandling {\the\everyenablefonthandling \let\fonthandling\askedfonthandling \dodoenablehandling\fonthandling} @@ -404,12 +435,17 @@ %D We must not use \type {\purefontname} here (was a bug)! -\def\checkfonthandling#1% we need a fast compare - {\doifelsevalue{#1\s!handling\c!file}{\fontname\font} - \skiphandlingdeftrue\skiphandlingdeffalse} - -\def\registerfonthandling#1% - {\@EA\xdef\csname#1\s!handling\c!file\endcsname{\fontname\font}} +% not robust as long as tex reuses definitions internally +% +% \def\checkfonthandling#1% we need a fast compare +% {\doifelsevalue{#1\s!handling\c!file}{\fontname\font} +% \skiphandlingdeftrue\skiphandlingdeffalse} +% +% \def\registerfonthandling#1% +% {\@EA\xdef\csname#1\s!handling\c!file\endcsname{\fontname\font}} + +\def\checkfonthandling #1{\skiphandlingdeffalse} +\let\registerfonthandling \gobbleoneargument %D This one makes live easier (less definitions): diff --git a/tex/context/base/m-cweb.tex b/tex/context/base/m-cweb.tex index 805ec3b77..19f6a8375 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/m-cweb.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/m-cweb.tex @@ -1259,8 +1259,8 @@ \showCWEBindexentry{\currentCWEBindexentry}}}% \egroup} -\def\theCWEBbeforeindex {\startkolommen} -\def\theCWEBafterindex {\stopkolommen} +\def\theCWEBbeforeindex {\startcolumns} +\def\theCWEBafterindex {\stopcolumns} \def\processCWEBindex #1 % {\bgroup diff --git a/tex/context/base/m-newmat.tex b/tex/context/base/m-newmat.tex index 8179af432..32aa7783b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/m-newmat.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/m-newmat.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Taco Hoekwater}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C details. %D This module collects macros that \TEX\ users kind of expect %D to be available when typesetting math. Most of them @@ -17,73 +17,73 @@ %D freedom to adapt them to \CONTEXT. This module is derived %D from the \type {m-math} module by Taco Hoekwater (partially %D derived from AMS math modules) and adapted|/|extended by -%D Hans Hagen. +%D Hans Hagen. %D Here we will add code on demand. So, just let us know what -%D should go in here. +%D should go in here. %M \usemodule[newmat] -\unprotect +\unprotect -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {qedsymbol} -%D +%D %D [HH] The general Quod Erat Domonstrandum symbol is defined %D in such a way that we can configure it. Because this symbol %D is also used in text mode, we make it a normal text symbol -%D with special behavior. +%D with special behavior. \def\qedsymbol#1% - {\ifhmode + {\ifhmode \unskip~\hfill#1\par - \else\ifmmode + \else\ifmmode \eqno#1\relax % Do we really need the \eqno here? \else \leavevmode\hbox{}\hfill#1\par \fi\fi} -\definesymbol [qed] [\qedsymbol{\mathematics{\square}}] +\definesymbol [qed] [\qedsymbol{\mathematics{\square}}] %D \macros %D {QED} -%D +%D %D [HH] For compatbility reasons we also provide the \type %D {\QED} command. In case this command is overloaded, we still -%D have the symbol available. \symbol[qed] +%D have the symbol available. \symbol[qed] \def\QED{\symbol[qed]} %D \macros %D {genfrac} -%D +%D %D [TH] The definition of \type {\genfrac} \& co. is not %D trivial, because it allows some flexibility. This is %D supposed to be a user||level command, but will fail quite %D desparately if called outside math mode (\CONTEXT\ redefines -%D \type {\over}) -%D -%D [HH] We clean up this macro a bit and (try) to make it -%D understandable. The expansion is needed for generating -%D the second argument to \type {\dogenfrac}, which is to -%D be a control sequence like \type {\over}. +%D \type {\over}) +%D +%D [HH] We clean up this macro a bit and (try) to make it +%D understandable. The expansion is needed for generating +%D the second argument to \type {\dogenfrac}, which is to +%D be a control sequence like \type {\over}. \unexpanded\def\genfrac#1#2#3#4% {\edef\!!stringa {#1#2}% \expanded - {\dogenfrac{#4}% + {\dogenfrac{#4}% \csname \ifx @#3@% - \ifx\!!stringa\empty + \ifx\!!stringa\empty \strippedcsname\normalover - \else + \else \strippedcsname\normaloverwithdelims \fi - \else - \ifx\!!stringa\empty + \else + \ifx\!!stringa\empty \strippedcsname\normalabove - \else + \else \strippedcsname\normalabovewithdelims \fi \fi @@ -115,84 +115,84 @@ %D Better: -\def\frac#1#2{\mathematics{\genfrac{}{}{}\donothing{#1}{#2}}} +\unexpanded\def\frac#1#2{\mathematics{\genfrac{}{}{}\donothing{#1}{#2}}} -%D [HH] This shows up as: +%D [HH] This shows up as: %D %D \startbuffer %D $\dfrac {1}{2} \tfrac {1}{2} \frac {1}{2}$ %D $\dbinom{1}{2} \tbinom{1}{2} \binom{1}{2}$ %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D \getbuffer %D \macros %D {text} -%D +%D %D [TH] \type {\text} is a command to typeset more or less %D ordinary text inside of super- and sub|-|scripts. It has to %D do a full font switch to get the sides right, so it will be %D quite slow. \type {\text} kind of replaces \CONTEXT's \type -%D {\mathstyle} command. +%D {\mathstyle} command. -%D [HH] This macro is now also moved to the core, but we -%D keep it here as well for completeness. -%D -%D \startypen +%D [HH] This macro is now also moved to the core, but we +%D keep it here as well for completeness. +%D +%D \startypen %D \unexpanded\def\mathtext %D {\mathortext\domathtext\hbox} % {\ifmmode\@EA\dotext\else\@EA\hbox\fi} -%D +%D %D \def\domathtext#1% %D {\mathchoice %D {\dodomathtext\displaystyle\textface {#1}}% %D {\dodomathtext\textstyle \textface {#1}}% %D {\dodomathtext\textstyle \scriptface {#1}}% %D {\dodomathtext\textstyle \scriptscriptface{#1}}} -%D +%D %D \def\dodomathtext#1#2#3% no \everymath ! %D %{\hbox{\everymath{#1}\switchtobodyfont [#2]#3}} % 15 sec %D {\hbox{\everymath{#1}\setcurrentfontbody{#2}#3}} % 3 sec (no math) -%D \stoptypen +%D \stoptypen -%D [HH] We use the following indirectness because \type {\text} -%D is a natural candidate for user macros (actually, it is -%D used in some modules). +%D [HH] We use the following indirectness because \type {\text} +%D is a natural candidate for user macros (actually, it is +%D used in some modules). %D -%D \starttypen -%D \let\text\mathtext -%D \stoptypen +%D \starttypen +%D \let\text\mathtext +%D \stoptypen -%D [HH] Actually, the font switch is not that slow when -%D typefaces are used. If needed this macro can be sped up. -%D +%D [HH] Actually, the font switch is not that slow when +%D typefaces are used. If needed this macro can be sped up. +%D %D \startbuffer %D ordinary text $x^{\text{extra ordinary text}}$ %D \stopbuffer %D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D \getbuffer %D \macros %D {mathhexbox} -%D +%D %D [TH] \type {\mathhexbox} is also user||level (already %D defined in Plain \TEX). It allows to get a math character -%D inserted as if it was a text character. +%D inserted as if it was a text character. \gdef\mathhexbox#1#2#3{\mathtext{$\m@th\mathchar"#1#2#3$}} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {boxed} %D -%D [HH] Another macro that users expect (slightly adapted): +%D [HH] Another macro that users expect (slightly adapted): \def\boxed% {\ifmmode\expandafter\mframed\else\expandafter\framed\fi} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {cfrac} %D %D [HH] Now let us see what this one does: @@ -201,9 +201,9 @@ %D $\cfrac{12}{3} \cfrac[l]{12}{3} \cfrac[c]{12}{3} \cfrac[r]{12}{3}$ %D $\cfrac{1}{23} \cfrac[l]{1}{23} \cfrac[c]{1}{23} \cfrac[r]{1}{23}$ %D \stopbuffer -%D -%D \typebuffer -%D +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D %D \getbuffer \definecomplexorsimple\cfrac @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ {#3}}% \kern-\nulldelimiterspace} -%D [HH] The next alternative is nicer: +%D [HH] The next alternative is nicer: \def\simplecfrac {\docfrac[cc]} \def\complexcfrac[#1]{\docfrac[#1cc]} @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ {\ifx r#2\hfill\fi#5\ifx l#2\hfill\fi}% \kern-\nulldelimiterspace}} -%D [HH] Now we can align every combination we want: +%D [HH] Now we can align every combination we want: %D %D \startbuffer %D $\cfrac{12}{3} \cfrac[l]{12}{3} \cfrac[c]{12}{3} \cfrac[r]{12}{3}$ @@ -239,19 +239,19 @@ %D $\cfrac[cl]{12}{3} \cfrac[cc]{12}{3} \cfrac[cr]{12}{3}$ %D $\cfrac[lc]{1}{23} \cfrac[cc]{1}{23} \cfrac[rc]{1}{23}$ %D \stopbuffer -%D -%D \typebuffer -%D +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D %D \getbuffer -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput %D \macros %D {startsubarray,substack,startsmallmatrix} %D -%D [HH] I wonder what these are supposed to do. An example -%D will be inserted later. Contrary to the original we -%D support an optional argument between either \type {{}} or +%D [HH] I wonder what these are supposed to do. An example +%D will be inserted later. Contrary to the original we +%D support an optional argument between either \type {{}} or %D \type {[]}. \def\startsubarray @@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ {\null \,% \vcenter\bgroup - \baselineskip6\ex@ - \lineskip1.5\ex@ + \baselineskip6\ex@ + \lineskip1.5\ex@ \lineskiplimit\lineskip \ialign\bgroup\hfil$\m@th\scriptstyle##$\hfil&&\thickspace\hfil $\m@th\scriptstyle##$\hfil\crcr} @@ -298,4 +298,4 @@ \egroup \,} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/m-visual.tex b/tex/context/base/m-visual.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30daf3405 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/m-visual.tex @@ -0,0 +1,287 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=m-visual, +%D version=2000.01.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Extra Modules, +%D subtitle=Visualization and Faking, +%D author={Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\unprotect + +%D This module collect a few more visual debugger features. I +%D needed them for manuals and styles. The macros are documented +%D in a my way document. + +\definecolor[fakerulecolor] [black] +\definecolor[fakebaselinecolor] [green] +\definecolor[fakeparindentcolor][blue] + +\newif\iffakebaseline \fakebaselinetrue + +\def\fakerule#1% + {\strut +% \startcolor[fakerulecolor]% + \iffakebaseline + \vrule\!!height1.25ex\!!depth-.05ex\!!width#1% + \kern-#1% + \vrule\!!height-.05ex\!!depth .25ex\!!width#1% + \else + \vrule\!!height1.25ex\!!depth .25ex\!!width#1% + \fi + \stopcolor + \allowbreak} + +% can be used in hbox, so %'s are really needed + +\unexpanded\def\fakelines#1#2% min max / 3 10 + {\fakeparindent + \scratchdimen\hsize + \ifindentation + \advance\scratchdimen -\parindent + \fi + \fakerule\scratchdimen\break + \getrandomcount\scratchcounter{\ifcase0#1 3\else#1\fi}{\ifcase0#2 10\else#2\fi}% + \dorecurse\scratchcounter{\fakerule\hsize}% + \getrandomdimen\scratchdimen{.25\hsize}\hsize + \fakerule\scratchdimen + \par} % indeed + +\unexpanded\def\fakewords + {\ifvmode\fakeparindent\fi\onlyfakewords} + +\definepalet + [fakerule] + [fr1c=darkred, + fr2c=darkgreen, + fr3c=darkblue, + fr4c=darkyellow, + fr5c=darkgray] + +\unexpanded\def\onlyfakewords#1#2% min max / 10 40 + {\getrandomcount\scratchcounter{\ifcase0#1 10\else#1\fi}{\ifcase0#2 40\else#2\fi}% + \dofakewords\scratchcounter + } % no \par + +\unexpanded\def\fakenwords#1#2% words seed + {\fakeparindent + \getrandomseed\fakedwordseed + \setrandomseed{\ifcase0#2 #1\else#2\fi}% + \dofakewords{#1}% + \setrandomseed\fakedwordseed + } % no \par + +\def\dofakewords#1% + {\bgroup + \dorecurse{#1} + {\getrandomcount\scratchcounter{1}{5}% + \dorecurse\scratchcounter + {\getrandomdimen\scratchdimen{.5em}{1.25em}% + \fakerule\scratchdimen}% + \space}% + \removeunwantedspaces + \egroup} + +\def\doshowfakewords#1% + {\bgroup + \setuppalet[fakerule]% + \definecolor[fakerulecolor]% + \dorecurse{#1} + {\getrandomcount\scratchcounter{1}{5}% + \dorecurse\scratchcounter + {\getrandomdimen\scratchdimen{.5em}{1.25em}% + \color[fr\recurselevel c]{\fakerule\scratchdimen}}% + \space}% + \removeunwantedspaces + \egroup} + +\def\showfakewords{\let\dofakewords\doshowfakewords} + +\def\fakeword + {\fakewords{1}{1}} % no \plusone + +\def\fakeparindent + {\noindent + \ifindentation + \ifx\dofakedroppedcaps\relax + {\fakeparindentcolor + \vrule + \!!height \strutheight % not longer .5ex + \!!depth \strutdepth % not longer 0pt + \!!width \parindent}% + \else + \dofakedroppedcaps \let\dofakedroppedcaps\relax + \fi +% \else +% \dontleavehmode + \fi} + +\let\dofakedroppedcaps\relax + +\unexpanded\def\fakedroppedcaps#1% + {\ifnum#1>0 + \def\dofakedroppedcaps + {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox + {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox{W}% + \scratchdimen#1\lineheight + \advance\scratchdimen -\lineheight + \advance\scratchdimen \dp\strutbox + \vrule + \!!width#1\wd\scratchbox + \!!height\ht\scratchbox + \!!depth\scratchdimen}% + \ht\scratchbox\ht\strutbox + \dp\scratchbox\dp\strutbox + \hangindent\wd\scratchbox + \advance\hangindent .5em + \wd\scratchbox\hangindent + \hangafter-#1\noindent + \llap{\fakeparindentcolor\box\scratchbox}}% + \fi} + +\newcounter\noffakedfigures + +\unexpanded\def\showfakefigure + {\donetrue\dodoubleempty\dofakefigure} + +\unexpanded\def\fakefigure + {\donefalse\dodoubleempty\dofakefigure} + +\def\dofakefigure[#1][#2]#3#4#5#6% [] [] minwidth maxwidth minheight maxheight + {\doglobal\increment\noffakedfigures + \ifdone + \endgraf + \hbox to \hsize + {\hss\fakeparindentcolor + \strut\bf Figure \noffakedfigures + \doifsomething{#1}{\space(#1)}% + \hss} + \endgraf + \fi + \getvalue{\e!plaats\v!figuur} + [#1][#2]% + {\freezerandomseed + \let\endstrut\relax + \let\begstrut\relax + \doifinsetelse{#1}{\v!links,\v!rechts} + {\fakewords{2}{4}} + {\fakewords{4}{10}}}% + {\getrandomdimen{\dimen0}{#3}{#4}% + \getrandomdimen{\dimen2}{#5}{#6}% + \doifinset{#1}{\v!links,\v!rechts} + {\dimen0=.75\dimen0 + \ifdim\dimen0>.6\hsize \dimen0=.5\hsize\fi + \ifdim\dimen0<.3\hsize \dimen0=.3\hsize\fi}% + \framed + [\c!breedte=\dimen0, + \c!hoogte=\dimen2, + \c!kader=\ifincolor\v!uit\else\v!aan\fi, + \c!achtergrond=\v!kleur, + \c!achtergrondkleur=fakeparindentcolor] + {\bf\white#1}}% + \defrostrandomseed} + +\def\fakeformula + {\dimen0\zeropoint + \getrandomcount\scratchcounter{3}{6}% + \dorecurse\scratchcounter + {\getrandomdimen\scratchdimen{1em}{3em}% + \mathinner{\red\fakerule\scratchdimen}% + \ifnum\recurselevel<\scratchcounter+\fi + \advance\scratchdimen\dimen0}% + =\mathinner{\red\fakerule\scratchdimen}} + +\def\fakespacingformula + {\color[fakebaselinecolor]{\ruledbaseline}\fakeformula} + +%D test \bodyfontgrid\space test +%D test \emexgrid \space test + +\def\smashedgrid + {\dosingleempty\dosmashedgrid} + +\def\dosmashedgrid[#1]% + {\hsmashed + {\setbox\scratchbox=\hbox + {\basegrid + [\c!nx=10,\c!ny=10,\c!dx=1,\c!dy=1, + \c!eenheid=\bodyfontsize,#1]}% + \hbox to \zeropoint + {\hss\lower.5\ht\scratchbox\box\scratchbox\hss}% + \hbox to \zeropoint + {\hss + \black\vrule\!!width6\linewidth\!!height3\linewidth\!!depth3\linewidth + \hss}}} + +\def\bodyfontgrid + {\hbox + {{\linewidth.1pt\yellow\smashedgrid[\c!nx=30,\c!ny=30,\c!schaal=.3333]}% + {\linewidth.2pt\green \smashedgrid[\c!nx=20,\c!ny=20,\c!schaal=.5]}% + {\linewidth.3pt\red \smashedgrid[\c!nx=10,\c!ny=10,\c!schaal=1]}}} + +\def\emexgrid + {\hbox + {{\linewidth.15pt\green\smashedgrid[\c!nx=20,\c!ny=20,\c!eenheid=ex]}% + {\linewidth.15pt\red \smashedgrid[\c!nx=10,\c!ny=10,\c!eenheid=em]}}} + +%D The next few macros are not really public and kind of low +%D level. They are obscure and a bit perverse. + +\definecolor[llblack][s=0.01] + +\def\lowlevelstream#1#2#3% + {\ifinotr \else + \dontleavehmode + \prewordbreak + \bgroup\bgroup % make sure aftergroup stuff is handled + %\let#1#2\optimizetransparencyfalse\black + \infofont\clap{\vl}\ignorespaces#3\unskip\clap{\vl}% + \egroup\egroup + \prewordbreak + \fi + #2{#3}} + +\let\normalPDFcode\PDFcode +\let\normalspecial\special + +\def\showlowlevelstream + {\def\PDFcode{\lowlevelstream\PDFcode\normalPDFcode}% + \def\special{\lowlevelstream\special\normalspecial}} + +\def\showlowlevelstreamonly + {\def\PDFcode{\lowlevelstream\PDFcode\gobbleoneargument}% + \def\special{\lowlevelstream\special\gobbleoneargument}} + +\let\normaldostartgraymode \dostartgraymode +\let\normaldostartgraycolormode\dostartgraycolormode +\let\normaldostartrgbcolormode \dostartrgbcolormode +\let\normaldostartcmykcolormode\dostartcmykcolormode +\let\normaldostartspotcolormode\dostartspotcolormode + +\def\traceddostartgraymode#1% + {#1\normaldostartgraymode{#1}} + +\def\traceddostartgraycolormode#1% + {#1\normaldostartgraycolormode{#1}} + +\def\traceddostartrgbcolormode#1#2#3% + {#1 #2 #3\normaldostartrgbcolormode{#1}{#2}{#3}} + +\def\traceddostartcmykcolormode#1#2#3#4% + {#1 #2 #3 #4\normaldostartcmykcolormode{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}} + +\def\traceddostartspotcolormode#1#2% + {#1 #2\normaldostartspotcolormode{#1}{#2}} + +\def\showcolormodes + {\let\dostartgraymode \traceddostartgraymode + \let\dostartgraycolormode\traceddostartgraycolormode + \let\dostartrgbcolormode \traceddostartrgbcolormode + \let\dostartcmykcolormode\traceddostartcmykcolormode + \let\dostartspotcolormode\traceddostartspotcolormode} + +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/meta-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/meta-ini.tex index 802b669ec..f348b2ffd 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/meta-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/meta-ini.tex @@ -86,6 +86,10 @@ graphictextdirective "\the\everyMPTEXgraphic"; \to \MPextensions +% \appendtoks +% textextdirective "\the\everyMPTEXgraphic"; +% \to \MPextensions + %D A signal that we're in combines \CONTEXT||\METAFUN mode: \appendtoks @@ -788,12 +792,7 @@ %D However, on a 1 Gig Pentium, the next alternative saves %D us 20 seconds run time for the 300 page \METAFUN\ manual: -\def\insertMPfile#1#2% - {\doiffileelse{./#1} - {\ifcase\pdfoutput - \@EA\includeMPasEPS\else\@EA\includeMPasPDF - \fi{./#1}} - {\message{[MP #1]}}} +\def\insertMPfile#1#2{\doinsertMPfile{#1}} \def\includeMPasEPS#1% {\bgroup @@ -803,7 +802,7 @@ \setbox\scratchbox\vbox to \!!heightb {\vfill \doinsertfile - {\c!mps,\c!mps}{#1,\empty}{100}{100} + {\c!mps,\c!mps}{#1,\empty}{100}{100}% \!!widtha\!!heighta\!!widthb\!!heightb\zerocount}% \wd\scratchbox\!!widthb \dp\scratchbox\zeropoint diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex b/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex index cb8dafc1a..db1435ab1 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex @@ -773,13 +773,13 @@ stelnummerin: stelnummerin setupnumber regelrechts: regelrechts rightaligned rechtsbuendig zarovnanovpravo allineadestra aliniatdreapta - startkolommen: startkolommen startcolumns + startcolumns: startkolommen startcolumns startspalten startsloupce iniziacolonne startcoloane - stopkolommen: stopkolommen stopcolumns + stopcolumns: stopkolommen stopcolumns stopspalten stopsloupce terminacolonne stopcoloane - stelkolommenin: stelkolommenin setupcolumns + setupcolumns: stelkolommenin setupcolumns stellespaltenein nastavsloupce impostacolonne seteazacoloane column: kolom column diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex b/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex index 587a0c9a1..a4e24f508 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex @@ -1307,9 +1307,12 @@ zijuitlijnen: zijuitlijnen sidealign objektabstand pocitat lato parte % new -veldlaag: veldlaag fieldlayer - fieldlayer fieldlayer - fieldlayer fieldlayer + veldlaag: veldlaag fieldlayer + fieldlayer fieldlayer + fieldlayer fieldlayer +tekstlaag: tekstlaag textlayer + textlayer textlayer + textlayer textlayer veldachtergrondkleur: veldachtergrondkleur fieldbackgroundcolor feldhintergrundfarbe barvapozadipole coloresfondocampo culoarefundalcamp diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-app.tex b/tex/context/base/page-app.tex index 6f21c82f2..e522b5673 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-app.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-app.tex @@ -74,19 +74,23 @@ \def\dostartfittingpage[#1][#2]% {\pagina % this is kind of tricky! there can be preceding page refs \bgroup % resulting in a zero height page; test fig-make ! + \def\currentfittingpage{#1}% \dontcomplain % runs under current page regime, i.e. page variables passed to mp + \getparameters[\currentfittingpage][\c!papier=,#2]% auto or size or nothing \setbox\scratchbox\hbox \bgroup - \getparameters[#1][#2]% - \doifvalue{#1\c!marge}{\v!pagina} + % needed later \getparameters[\currentfittingpage][\c!papier=,#2]% auto or size or nothing + \doifvalue{\currentfittingpage\c!marge}\v!pagina % undocumented {\offsetbox [\c!linkeroffset=\rugwit, \c!rechteroffset=\snijwit, \c!bovenoffset=\kopwit, \c!onderoffset=\bodemwit]\hbox}% \bgroup - \schaal[\c!schaal=\getvalue{#1\c!schaal}]\bgroup\localframed[#1]\bgroup} + \schaal[\c!schaal=\getvalue{\currentfittingpage\c!schaal}]% + \bgroup\localframed[\currentfittingpage]% + \bgroup} \def\dostopfittingpage {\egroup % localframed @@ -102,8 +106,12 @@ \edef\fittinght{\the\lineheight}% \fi \let\checkcurrentlayout\relax % else interference with odd/even layout - \setuppapersize - [\??fp\s!dummy][\??fp\s!dummy]% + \processaction + [\getvalue{\currentfittingpage\c!papier}] + [ \v!auto=>\let\fittingpapersize\printpapersize, + \s!unknown=>\let\fittingpapersize\commalistelement, + \s!default=>\def\fittingpapersize{\??fp\s!dummy}]% + \expanded{\setuppapersize[\??fp\s!dummy][\fittingpapersize]}% \definelayout [\v!pagina]% [\c!plaats=\v!midden, diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-imp.tex b/tex/context/base/page-imp.tex index 3c9a899bd..7d0491e4c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-imp.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-imp.tex @@ -164,13 +164,14 @@ \hbox % \setbox0=\box.. is nicer {\setbox0\hbox{#1}% just in case there are objects there \setbox\scratchbox\hbox - {\the\everyshipout\relax - % so, these two come *after* the main one + {% before the main one ! \ifcase\realfolio \or \the\everyfirstshipout \global\everyfirstshipout\emptytoks \fi - % one page document can do both + % the main one + \the\everyshipout\relax + % always last (and after the main one) \ifnum\realpageno=\lastpage\relax \flushtextdata \the\everylastshipout @@ -1045,10 +1046,9 @@ \@@ipboven \hbox to \hsize {\@@iplinks -\ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\@@ipstop\relax - \globallet\@@ipn\!!zerocount -\else - \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\@@ipn \else + \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\@@ipstop\relax + \globallet\@@ipn\!!zerocount + \else\ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\@@ipn \else \externalfigure[#1] [\c!object=\v!nee, \c!pagina=\combinedpagescounter, @@ -1056,8 +1056,7 @@ \c!achtergrond=\@@ipachtergrond, \c!achtergrondkleur=\@@ipachtergrondkleur, \c!kader=\@@ipkader]% - \fi -\fi + \fi\fi \@@iprechts} \@@iponder}% \doglobal\increment\combinedpagescounter @@ -1079,13 +1078,14 @@ {\dorecurse\@@ipnx {\doglobal\increment\combinedpagescounter \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\@@ipn \else - \externalfigure[#1] + \expanded{\externalfigure[#1] [\c!pagina=\combinedpagescounter, - \c!breedte=\!!widtha, + \c!breedte=\the\!!widtha,% todo \freezedimenmacro \c!achtergrond=\@@ipachtergrond, \c!achtergrondkleur=\@@ipachtergrondkleur, - \c!kader=\@@ipkader]% - \fi}}% + \c!kader=\@@ipkader]}% + \hfill + \fi}\hfillneg}% \stopbaselinecorrection \ifnum\combinedpagescounter<\@@ipn\relax \@@iptussen diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/page-ini.tex index 2cd300ccf..37dbc8835 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-ini.tex @@ -664,19 +664,6 @@ \newtoks \mainoutput \newcount\otrlevel -% Shipout handler (see page[stop] for example usage) - -\ifx\undefined\normalshipout \let\normalshipout=\shipout \fi - -\def\noshipout - {\writestatus\m!systems{ignoring further shipouts}% - \dowithnextbox{\deadcycles\zerocount}} - -\def\doignorerestoftext - {\ifarrangingpages \else \ifnum\textlevel>\zerocount \else - \globallet\shipout\noshipout - \fi \fi} - % When issuing two \par\penalty-\@M's, only the first % triggers the otr; obscure feature or optimization? @@ -1501,7 +1488,7 @@ \installpagebreakhandler \s!default {} % do nothing if empty -\installpagebreakhandler \v!reset +\installpagebreakhandler \v!reset {% better not: \global\chardef\pageornamentstate\zerocount \resetpagebreak} @@ -1696,14 +1683,16 @@ % We don't want spurious last pages (due to left over marks): +\ifx\undefined\normalshipout \let\normalshipout=\shipout \fi + +\def\noshipout + {\writestatus\m!systems{ignoring further shipouts}% + \dowithnextbox{\deadcycles\zerocount}} + \def\doignorerestoftext - {\ifarrangingpages \else - \ifnum\textlevel>\zerocount \else - \gdef\shipout - {\writestatus\m!systems{ignoring further shipouts}% - \dowithnextbox{\deadcycles\zerocount}}% - \fi - \fi} + {\ifarrangingpages \else \ifnum\textlevel>\zerocount \else + \globallet\shipout\noshipout + \fi \fi} \let\ignorerestoftext\donothing @@ -1711,9 +1700,9 @@ \globallet\ignorerestoftext\doignorerestoftext \to \everystarttext -\appendtoks - \ignorerestoftext -\to \everylastshipout +% \appendtoks +% \ignorerestoftext +% \to \everylastshipout \newif\ifgeselecteerd \geselecteerdtrue \newif\ifselecteren \selecterenfalse diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-lay.tex b/tex/context/base/page-lay.tex index 2f5954b62..309471878 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-lay.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-lay.tex @@ -279,9 +279,10 @@ \def\dodefinepapersize[#1][#2]% {\ifsecondargument - \getparameters - [\??pp#1] % geen \c!schaal, scheelt hash ruimte - [\c!breedte=\@@ppbreedte,\c!hoogte=\@@pphoogte,\c!offset=\@@ppoffset,#2]% + \doifsomething{#1} % to be sure + {\getparameters + [\??pp#1] % geen \c!schaal, scheelt hash ruimte + [\c!breedte=\@@ppbreedte,\c!hoogte=\@@pphoogte,\c!offset=\@@ppoffset,#2]}% \else \getparameters[\??pp][#1]% \setuppapersize @@ -352,55 +353,69 @@ {\getparameters[\??pp#1][#2]} {\dodosetuppapersize[#1][#2]}}} +% \def\dodosetuppapersize[#1][#2]% +% {\ifsecondargument +% \xdef\restorepapersize +% {\noexpand\setuppapersize[#1][#2]}% +% \dostelpapierrichtingin{#1}\paperlandscape\paperrotation\paperreverse\papermirror +% \dostelpapierrichtingin{#2}\printlandscape\printrotation\printreverse\printmirror +% \def\docommando##1% +% {\doifsomething{##1}{\doifdefined{\??pp##1\c!breedte} +% {\global\papierbreedte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!breedte}% +% \global\papierhoogte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}% +% \calculatepaperoffsets{##1}% +% \xdef\papersize{##1}}}}% +% \processcommacommand[#1]\docommando +% \doifdefinedelse{\??pp#1\c!schaal} +% {\edef\paperscale{\getvalue{\??pp#1\c!schaal}}} +% {\edef\paperscale{1}}% +% \def\docommando##1% +% {\doifsomething{##1}{\doifdefined{\??pp##1\c!breedte} +% {\global\printpapierbreedte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!breedte}% +% \global\printpapierhoogte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}% +% \xdef\printpapersize{##1}}}}% +% \processcommacommand[#2]\docommando +% \global\setdimentoatleast\papierbreedte \onepoint +% \global\setdimentoatleast\papierhoogte \onepoint +% \global\setdimentoatleast\printpapierbreedte\onepoint +% \global\setdimentoatleast\printpapierhoogte \onepoint +% \ifcase\paperlandscape\else +% \doglobal\swapdimens\papierbreedte\papierhoogte +% \fi +% \ifcase\printlandscape\else +% \doglobal\swapdimens\printpapierbreedte\printpapierhoogte +% \fi +% % this check can be confusing, so we've added the possibility +% % to bypass this test: \setuppapersize[option=fit] +% \doif\@@ppoptie\v!max % \v!fit is +% {\bgroup +% % we need to pre-swap else we get the wrong paper size +% \doifinset\paperrotation{90,270}{\swapdimens\papierbreedte\papierhoogte}% +% \doifinset\printrotation{90,270}{\swapdimens\printpapierbreedte\printpapierhoogte}% +% \ifdim\papierhoogte>\printpapierhoogte +% \global\printpapierhoogte\papierhoogte +% \writestatus\m!systems{print height forced to paper height}% +% \fi +% \ifdim\papierbreedte>\printpapierbreedte +% \global\printpapierbreedte\papierbreedte +% \writestatus\m!systems{print width forced to paper width}% +% \fi +% \egroup}% +% % +% \calculatehsizes +% \calculatevsizes +% \recalculatelogos +% \recalculatebackgrounds +% \recalculatelayout +% \else\iffirstargument +% \setuppapersize[#1][#2]% +% \else\ifx\papersize\undefined\else +% \restorepapersize +% \fi\fi\fi} + \def\dodosetuppapersize[#1][#2]% {\ifsecondargument - \xdef\restorepapersize - {\noexpand\setuppapersize[#1][#2]}% - \dostelpapierrichtingin{#1}\paperlandscape\paperrotation\paperreverse\papermirror - \dostelpapierrichtingin{#2}\printlandscape\printrotation\printreverse\printmirror - \def\docommando##1% - {\doifsomething{##1}{\doifdefined{\??pp##1\c!breedte} - {\global\papierbreedte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!breedte}% - \global\papierhoogte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}% - \calculatepaperoffsets{##1}% - \xdef\papersize{##1}}}}% - \processcommacommand[#1]\docommando - \doifdefinedelse{\??pp#1\c!schaal} - {\edef\paperscale{\getvalue{\??pp#1\c!schaal}}} - {\edef\paperscale{1}}% - \def\docommando##1% - {\doifsomething{##1}{\doifdefined{\??pp##1\c!breedte} - {\global\printpapierbreedte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!breedte}% - \global\printpapierhoogte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}% - \xdef\printpapersize{##1}}}}% - \processcommacommand[#2]\docommando - \global\setdimentoatleast\papierbreedte \onepoint - \global\setdimentoatleast\papierhoogte \onepoint - \global\setdimentoatleast\printpapierbreedte\onepoint - \global\setdimentoatleast\printpapierhoogte \onepoint - \ifcase\paperlandscape\else - \doglobal\swapdimens\papierbreedte\papierhoogte - \fi - \ifcase\printlandscape\else - \doglobal\swapdimens\printpapierbreedte\printpapierhoogte - \fi - % this check can be confusing, so we've added the possibility - % to bypass this test: \setuppapersize[option=fit] - \doif\@@ppoptie\v!max % \v!fit is - {\bgroup - % we need to pre-swap else we get the wrong paper size - \doifinset\paperrotation{90,270}{\swapdimens\papierbreedte\papierhoogte}% - \doifinset\printrotation{90,270}{\swapdimens\printpapierbreedte\printpapierhoogte}% - \ifdim\papierhoogte>\printpapierhoogte - \global\printpapierhoogte\papierhoogte - \writestatus\m!systems{print height forced to paper height}% - \fi - \ifdim\papierbreedte>\printpapierbreedte - \global\printpapierbreedte\papierbreedte - \writestatus\m!systems{print width forced to paper width}% - \fi - \egroup}% - % + \dododosetuppapersize[#1][#2]% \calculatehsizes \calculatevsizes \recalculatelogos @@ -412,6 +427,54 @@ \restorepapersize \fi\fi\fi} +\def\dododosetuppapersize[#1][#2]% + {\xdef\restorepapersize + {\noexpand\setuppapersize[#1][#2]}% + \dostelpapierrichtingin{#1}\paperlandscape\paperrotation\paperreverse\papermirror + \dostelpapierrichtingin{#2}\printlandscape\printrotation\printreverse\printmirror + \def\docommando##1% + {\doifsomething{##1}{\doifdefined{\??pp##1\c!breedte} + {\global\papierbreedte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!breedte}% + \global\papierhoogte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}% + \calculatepaperoffsets{##1}% + \xdef\papersize{##1}}}}% + \processcommacommand[#1]\docommando + \doifdefinedelse{\??pp#1\c!schaal} + {\edef\paperscale{\getvalue{\??pp#1\c!schaal}}} + {\edef\paperscale{1}}% + \def\docommando##1% + {\doifsomething{##1}{\doifdefined{\??pp##1\c!breedte} + {\global\printpapierbreedte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!breedte}% + \global\printpapierhoogte\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}% + \xdef\printpapersize{##1}}}}% + \processcommacommand[#2]\docommando + \global\setdimentoatleast\papierbreedte \onepoint + \global\setdimentoatleast\papierhoogte \onepoint + \global\setdimentoatleast\printpapierbreedte\onepoint + \global\setdimentoatleast\printpapierhoogte \onepoint + \ifcase\paperlandscape\else + \doglobal\swapdimens\papierbreedte\papierhoogte + \fi + \ifcase\printlandscape\else + \doglobal\swapdimens\printpapierbreedte\printpapierhoogte + \fi + % this check can be confusing, so we've added the possibility + % to bypass this test: \setuppapersize[option=fit] + \doif\@@ppoptie\v!max % \v!fit is + {\bgroup + % we need to pre-swap else we get the wrong paper size + \doifinset\paperrotation{90,270}{\swapdimens\papierbreedte\papierhoogte}% + \doifinset\printrotation{90,270}{\swapdimens\printpapierbreedte\printpapierhoogte}% + \ifdim\papierhoogte>\printpapierhoogte + \global\printpapierhoogte\papierhoogte + \writestatus\m!systems{print height forced to paper height}% + \fi + \ifdim\papierbreedte>\printpapierbreedte + \global\printpapierbreedte\papierbreedte + \writestatus\m!systems{print width forced to paper width}% + \fi + \egroup}} + \def\dostelpapierrichtingin#1#2#3#4#5% {\global\chardef#2\zerocount \global\chardef#5\zerocount @@ -453,7 +516,13 @@ % \newtoks \everybeforelayout \relax % \newtoks \everyafterlayout \relax + \def\recalculatelayout + {\doifsomething{\layoutparameter\c!pagina\layoutparameter\c!papier} + {\dododosetuppapersize[\layoutparameter\c!pagina][\layoutparameter\c!papier]}% + \dorecalculatelayout} + +\def\dorecalculatelayout {%\the\everybeforelayout \setups[\layoutparameter\c!preset]% \global\linkermargebreedte \layoutparameter\c!linkermarge @@ -468,6 +537,11 @@ \global\kopwit \layoutparameter\c!kopwit \setlayoutdimensions % the rest of the `dimensions' \doifelse\@@lygrid\v!ja\gridsnappingtrue\gridsnappingfalse + \ifgridsnapping + \setsystemmode\v!grid + \else + \resetsystemmode\v!grid + \fi \setups[\layoutparameter\c!setups]% depends on gridsnapping ! \simplesetupwhitespace \simplesetupblank @@ -1247,7 +1321,9 @@ \c!rechterrandafstand=\layoutparameter\c!randafstand, \c!rechterrand=\layoutparameter\c!rand, \c!kopoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!bodemwit=\!!zeropoint, \c!rugoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!snijwit=\!!zeropoint, \c!tekstbreedte=, % dangerous option -> centered / local \c!tekstmarge=, % dangerous option -> both sides \c!tekstafstand=\!!zeropoint, % shift down on grid @@ -1265,10 +1341,10 @@ \c!setups=\systemsetupsprefix\s!default, \c!clipoffset=\!!zeropoint, \c!regels=0, + \c!papier=, % for foxet + \c!pagina=, % for foxet \c!kolommen=1, - \c!kolomafstand=\!!zeropoint, - \c!snijwit=\!!zeropoint, - \c!bodemwit=\!!zeropoint] + \c!kolomafstand=\!!zeropoint] %D First we define a whole range of (DIN) papersizes, %D of which the A-series makes most sense. We enable checking. @@ -1293,38 +1369,50 @@ \c!links=, \c!rechts=\hss] -\definepapersize [A0] [\c!breedte=841mm,\c!hoogte=1189mm] -\definepapersize [A1] [\c!breedte=594mm,\c!hoogte=841mm] -\definepapersize [A2] [\c!breedte=420mm,\c!hoogte=594mm] -\definepapersize [A3] [\c!breedte=297mm,\c!hoogte=420mm] -\definepapersize [A4] [\c!breedte=210mm,\c!hoogte=297mm] -\definepapersize [A5] [\c!breedte=148mm,\c!hoogte=210mm] -\definepapersize [A6] [\c!breedte=105mm,\c!hoogte=148mm] -\definepapersize [A7] [\c!breedte=74mm,\c!hoogte=105mm] -\definepapersize [A8] [\c!breedte=52mm,\c!hoogte=74mm] -\definepapersize [A9] [\c!breedte=37mm,\c!hoogte=52mm] - -\definepapersize [B0] [\c!breedte=1000mm,\c!hoogte=1414mm] -\definepapersize [B1] [\c!breedte=707mm,\c!hoogte=1000mm] -\definepapersize [B2] [\c!breedte=500mm,\c!hoogte=707mm] -\definepapersize [B3] [\c!breedte=354mm,\c!hoogte=500mm] -\definepapersize [B4] [\c!breedte=250mm,\c!hoogte=354mm] -\definepapersize [B5] [\c!breedte=177mm,\c!hoogte=250mm] -\definepapersize [B6] [\c!breedte=125mm,\c!hoogte=177mm] -\definepapersize [B7] [\c!breedte=88mm,\c!hoogte=125mm] -\definepapersize [B8] [\c!breedte=63mm,\c!hoogte=88mm] -\definepapersize [B9] [\c!breedte=44mm,\c!hoogte=63mm] - -\definepapersize [C0] [\c!breedte=917mm,\c!hoogte=1297mm] -\definepapersize [C1] [\c!breedte=649mm,\c!hoogte=917mm] -\definepapersize [C2] [\c!breedte=459mm,\c!hoogte=649mm] -\definepapersize [C3] [\c!breedte=324mm,\c!hoogte=459mm] -\definepapersize [C4] [\c!breedte=229mm,\c!hoogte=324mm] -\definepapersize [C5] [\c!breedte=162mm,\c!hoogte=229mm] -\definepapersize [C6] [\c!breedte=115mm,\c!hoogte=162mm] -\definepapersize [C7] [\c!breedte=81mm,\c!hoogte=115mm] -\definepapersize [C8] [\c!breedte=57mm,\c!hoogte=81mm] -\definepapersize [C9] [\c!breedte=40mm,\c!hoogte=57mm] +\definepapersize [A0] [\c!breedte=841mm,\c!hoogte=1189mm] +\definepapersize [A1] [\c!breedte=594mm,\c!hoogte=841mm] +\definepapersize [A2] [\c!breedte=420mm,\c!hoogte=594mm] +\definepapersize [A3] [\c!breedte=297mm,\c!hoogte=420mm] +\definepapersize [A4] [\c!breedte=210mm,\c!hoogte=297mm] +\definepapersize [A5] [\c!breedte=148mm,\c!hoogte=210mm] +\definepapersize [A6] [\c!breedte=105mm,\c!hoogte=148mm] +\definepapersize [A7] [\c!breedte=74mm,\c!hoogte=105mm] +\definepapersize [A8] [\c!breedte=52mm,\c!hoogte=74mm] +\definepapersize [A9] [\c!breedte=37mm,\c!hoogte=52mm] +\definepapersize [A10] [\c!breedte=26mm,\c!hoogte=37mm] + +\definepapersize [B0] [\c!breedte=1000mm,\c!hoogte=1414mm] +\definepapersize [B1] [\c!breedte=707mm,\c!hoogte=1000mm] +\definepapersize [B2] [\c!breedte=500mm,\c!hoogte=707mm] +\definepapersize [B3] [\c!breedte=353mm,\c!hoogte=500mm] % [\c!breedte=354mm,\c!hoogte=500mm] +\definepapersize [B4] [\c!breedte=250mm,\c!hoogte=353mm] % [\c!breedte=250mm,\c!hoogte=354mm] +\definepapersize [B5] [\c!breedte=176mm,\c!hoogte=250mm] % [\c!breedte=177mm,\c!hoogte=250mm] +\definepapersize [B6] [\c!breedte=125mm,\c!hoogte=176mm] % [\c!breedte=125mm,\c!hoogte=177mm] +\definepapersize [B7] [\c!breedte=88mm,\c!hoogte=125mm] +\definepapersize [B8] [\c!breedte=62mm,\c!hoogte=88mm] % [\c!breedte=63mm,\c!hoogte=88mm] +\definepapersize [B9] [\c!breedte=44mm,\c!hoogte=62mm] % [\c!breedte=44mm,\c!hoogte=63mm] +\definepapersize [B10] [\c!breedte=31mm,\c!hoogte=44mm] + +\definepapersize [C0] [\c!breedte=917mm,\c!hoogte=1297mm] +\definepapersize [C1] [\c!breedte=648mm,\c!hoogte=917mm] % [\c!breedte=649mm,\c!hoogte=917mm] +\definepapersize [C2] [\c!breedte=458mm,\c!hoogte=648mm] % [\c!breedte=459mm,\c!hoogte=649mm] +\definepapersize [C3] [\c!breedte=324mm,\c!hoogte=458mm] % [\c!breedte=324mm,\c!hoogte=459mm] +\definepapersize [C4] [\c!breedte=229mm,\c!hoogte=324mm] +\definepapersize [C5] [\c!breedte=162mm,\c!hoogte=229mm] +\definepapersize [C6] [\c!breedte=114mm,\c!hoogte=162mm] % [\c!breedte=115mm,\c!hoogte=162mm] +\definepapersize [C7] [\c!breedte=81mm,\c!hoogte=114mm] % [\c!breedte=81mm,\c!hoogte=115mm] +\definepapersize [C8] [\c!breedte=57mm,\c!hoogte=81mm] +\definepapersize [C9] [\c!breedte=40mm,\c!hoogte=57mm] +\definepapersize [C10] [\c!breedte=28mm,\c!hoogte=40mm] + +%D Per August 2004 the rounding of some (seldom used) sizes +%D were corrected top the latest DIN specifications. Peter +%D Rolf came up with these and a few more missing sizes. +%D Watch out: spaces and slashes! + +\definepapersize [4 A0] [\c!breedte=1682mm,\c!hoogte=2378mm] +\definepapersize [2 A0] [\c!breedte=1189mm,\c!hoogte=1682mm] +\definepapersize [C6/C5] [\c!breedte=114mm,\c!hoogte=229mm] %D Because there are no standardized screen sizes, we define %D a bunch of sizes with $4:3$ ratios. The \type {S6} size is @@ -1376,7 +1464,8 @@ \definepapersize [envelope 14] [\c!breedte=11.5in,\c!hoogte=5.0in] \definepapersize [monarch] [\c!breedte=7.5in,\c!hoogte=3.88in] \definepapersize [check] [\c!breedte=8.58in,\c!hoogte=3.88in] -\definepapersize [DL] [\c!breedte=220mm,\c!hoogte=110mm] +\definepapersize [DL] [\c!breedte=110mm,\c!hoogte=220mm] % [\c!breedte=220mm,\c!hoogte=110mm] +\definepapersize [E4] [\c!breedte=280mm,\c!hoogte=400mm] %D We can now default to a reasonable size. We match the print %D paper size with the typeset paper size. This setting should diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-mul.tex b/tex/context/base/page-mul.tex index 2c3e5c131..ca85bc6d4 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-mul.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-mul.tex @@ -286,9 +286,9 @@ %D %D \startbuffer %D \startbuffer[b] -%D \startkolommen +%D \startcolumns %D \input tufte -%D \stopkolommen +%D \stopcolumns %D \stopbuffer %D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] %D @@ -300,44 +300,44 @@ %D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] %D %D \startbuffer[b] -%D \startkolommen \startsmaller +%D \startcolumns \startsmaller %D \input tufte -%D \stopsmaller \stopkolommen +%D \stopsmaller \stopcolumns %D \stopbuffer %D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] %D %D \startbuffer[b] -%D \startsmaller \startkolommen +%D \startsmaller \startcolumns %D \input tufte -%D \stopkolommen \stopsmaller +%D \stopcolumns \stopsmaller %D \stopbuffer %D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] %D %D \startbuffer[b] -%D \startkolommen \startsmaller[left] +%D \startcolumns \startsmaller[left] %D \input tufte -%D \stopsmaller \stopkolommen +%D \stopsmaller \stopcolumns %D \stopbuffer %D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] %D %D \startbuffer[b] -%D \startsmaller[left] \startkolommen +%D \startsmaller[left] \startcolumns %D \input tufte -%D \stopkolommen \stopsmaller +%D \stopcolumns \stopsmaller %D \stopbuffer %D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] %D %D \startbuffer[b] -%D \startsmaller \startkolommen \startsmaller +%D \startsmaller \startcolumns \startsmaller %D \input tufte -%D \stopsmaller\stopkolommen \stopsmaller +%D \stopsmaller\stopcolumns \stopsmaller %D \stopbuffer %D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] %D %D \startbuffer[b] -%D \startsmaller[left] \startkolommen \startsmaller +%D \startsmaller[left] \startcolumns \startsmaller %D \input tufte -%D \stopsmaller\stopkolommen \stopsmaller +%D \stopsmaller\stopcolumns \stopsmaller %D \stopbuffer %D \typebuffer[b] \haalbuffer[b] %D \stopbuffer @@ -492,6 +492,36 @@ %D e.g. when there is no text given between \type{\begin..} %D and \type{\end..}. The \type{\par} is needed! +% \def\endmulticolumns +% {%\par +% \vskip\lineheight\vskip-\lineheight % take footnotes into account +% \dontshowcomposition +% \doflushcolumnfloat % added recently +% %\doflushcolumnfloats % no, since it results in wrong top floats +% \flushnotes % before start of columns +% \par +% \ifbalancecolumns +% \global\output{\continuousmulticolumnsout}% +% \goodbreak +% \global\output{\balancedmulticolumnsout}% +% \else +% \goodbreak +% \fi +% \eject % the prevdepth is important, try e.g. toclist in +% \prevdepth\zeropoint % columns before some noncolumned text text +% \global\output\singlecolumnout +% \global\output{\the\mainoutput}% % % % % todo +% \ifvoid\precolumnbox\else +% \unvbox\precolumnbox +% \fi +% \global\precolumnboxheight\zeropoint +% \endgroup % here +% \nofcolumns\plusone +% \setvsize % the outer one! +% \checkendcolumnfootnotes +% \dosomebreak\allowbreak +% \restoresavedfloats} + \def\endmulticolumns {%\par \vskip\lineheight\vskip-\lineheight % take footnotes into account @@ -507,10 +537,10 @@ \else \goodbreak \fi - \eject % the prevdepth is important, try e.g. toclist in + \eject % the prevdepth is important, try e.g. toclist in \prevdepth\zeropoint % columns before some noncolumned text text \global\output\singlecolumnout - \global\output{\the\mainoutput}% % % % % todo + \global\output{\the\mainoutput}% % % % % todo \ifvoid\precolumnbox\else \unvbox\precolumnbox \fi @@ -518,6 +548,7 @@ \endgroup % here \nofcolumns\plusone \setvsize % the outer one! + \synchronizeoutput % new may 2004 / we need to: \pagegoal\vsize \checkendcolumnfootnotes \dosomebreak\allowbreak \restoresavedfloats} @@ -670,9 +701,9 @@ %D \def\postprocesscolumnline#1% or \postprocesscolumnbox %D {\ruledhbox{\box#1}\hss} %D -%D \startkolommen[n=4] +%D \startcolumns[n=4] %D \dorecurse{25}{line: \recurselevel\par} -%D \stopkolommen +%D \stopcolumns %D \stopbuffer %D %D \typebuffer @@ -691,9 +722,9 @@ %D \relax\unhbox#1\hfill %D \fi} %D -%D \startkolommen[n=4] +%D \startcolumns[n=4] %D \dorecurse{25}{line \recurselevel\par} -%D \stopkolommen +%D \stopcolumns %D \stopbuffer %D %D \typebuffer @@ -1503,13 +1534,13 @@ % border case, should fit on one page % -% \startkolommen +% \startcolumns % % 1 \input tufte \par \plaatsfiguur{}{\omlijnd[breedte=\hsize,hoogte=3cm]{1}} % 2 \input tufte \par \plaatsfiguur{}{\omlijnd[breedte=\hsize,hoogte=3cm]{2}} % 3 \input tufte \par \plaatsfiguur{}{\omlijnd[breedte=\hsize,hoogte=3cm]{3}} % -% \stopkolommen +% \stopcolumns \newif\ifbinnenkolommen \newif\if@@klbalanceren @@ -1517,10 +1548,10 @@ \binnenkolommenfalse -\def\stelkolommenin - {\dodoubleargument\dostelkolommenin} +\def\setupcolumns + {\dosingleempty\dosetupcolumns} -\def\stelkolommenin[#1]% +\def\dosetupcolumns[#1]% {\getparameters[\??kl][#1]% \nofcolumns\@@kln\relax \processaction @@ -1567,14 +1598,14 @@ \let\restorecolumnsettings\relax -\definecomplexorsimpleempty\startkolommen +\definecomplexorsimpleempty\startcolumns -\def\complexstartkolommen[#1]% %% \startkolommen +\def\complexstartcolumns[#1]% %% \startcolumns {\bgroup - \let\stopkolommen\egroup + \let\stopcolumns\egroup \ifbinnenkolommen \else - \stelkolommenin[#1]% + \setupcolumns[#1]% \ifnum\@@kln>1\relax \witruimte \begingroup @@ -1614,12 +1645,12 @@ % \edef\fixedcolumnheight{\@@klhoogte}% \edef\minbalancetoplines{\@@klnboven}% - \setuptolerance[\@@kltolerantie]% %% \startkolommen + \setuptolerance[\@@kltolerantie]% %% \startcolumns \setupblank[\@@klblanko]% \ifdim\tussenwit>\zeropoint\relax \setupwhitespace[\@@klblanko]% \fi - \def\stopkolommen + \def\stopcolumns {\endmulticolumns \global\binnenkolommenfalse \endgroup @@ -1639,7 +1670,7 @@ \vskip-\teksthoogte \prevdepth-\thousandpoint} % signals top of column to \blanko -\stelkolommenin +\setupcolumns [\c!n=2, \c!nboven=1, \c!commando=, diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-one.tex b/tex/context/base/page-one.tex index 6be6e515f..68c919e8c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-one.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-one.tex @@ -553,10 +553,48 @@ % \fi % \fi} +% \def\OTRONEdocheckiffloatfits % vervangen ivm downward comp +% {\ifnofloatpermitted +% \global\roomforfloatfalse +% \else +% \dimen0 \pagetotal +% \advance\dimen0 \ht\floatbox +% \advance\dimen0 \dp\floatbox +% \advance\dimen0 \floattopskip +% \advance\dimen0 -\pageshrink % toegevoegd +% %\message{c:\the\mofcolumns,t:\the\pagetotal,g:\the\pagegoal}%\wait +% \dimen2\pagegoal +% \relax % needed +% \ifcase\textfloatmethod +% % method 0 : raw +% \or +% % method 1 : safe +% \dimen2 .99\pagegoal +% \or +% % method 2 : tight +% \advance\dimen0 -\onepoint +% \fi +% \relax % really needed ! ! ! ! +% \ifdim\dimen0>\dimen2 +% \global\roomforfloatfalse +% \else +% \global\roomforfloattrue +% \fi +% \fi} + \def\OTRONEdocheckiffloatfits % vervangen ivm downward comp {\ifnofloatpermitted \global\roomforfloatfalse \else + % new per 31/5/2004, should be an option, only one column mode + \begingroup + \scratchdimen\pagetotal + \advance\scratchdimen\lineheight % maybe strutheight + \ifdim\scratchdimen>\pagegoal + \goodbreak % hack ? needed in icare-az + \fi + % should be an option + \endgroup \dimen0 \pagetotal \advance\dimen0 \ht\floatbox \advance\dimen0 \dp\floatbox diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-set.tex b/tex/context/base/page-set.tex index e72892a51..a77563eba 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-set.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-set.tex @@ -436,6 +436,10 @@ \fi \dorecurse\columnmaxcells {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\OTRSETgetgridcell\mofcolumns\recurselevel}% +% {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox +% {\localstarttextcolor +% \OTRSETgetgridcell\mofcolumns\recurselevel +% \localstoptextcolor}% \ht\scratchbox\strutht \dp\scratchbox\strutdp \ifcase\columndirection diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-sid.tex b/tex/context/base/page-sid.tex index bbdc1fe9a..e83d3e17f 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-sid.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/page-sid.tex @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ \newdimen\sidefloatextrashift \newdimen\sidefloatvsize \def\nofloatvsize{-1pt } \newdimen\sidefloatprogress +\newdimen\sidefloatpagetotal \newbox\floatbottom @@ -628,8 +629,6 @@ \def\tosssidefloat {\vfill\eject} -\newdimen\sidefloatpagetotal - \def\measuresidefloat {\global\floatflagtrue \global\sidefloatpagetotal \pagetotal % global diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-abr-01.tex b/tex/context/base/s-abr-01.tex index 93c8e93d4..ca3bdf5d6 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-abr-01.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-abr-01.tex @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ \logo [ACROBAT] {Acro\-bat} \logo [AFM] {afm} -\logo [ALEPH] {Aleph} +\logo [ALEPH] {Aleph} % {\mathematics{\aleph}} \logo [ALGOL] {ALGOL} \logo [AMSLATEX] {\AmSLaTeX} \logo [AMSTEX] {\AmSTeX} @@ -204,6 +204,7 @@ \logo [XPDFETEX] {xpdfe\TeX} \logo [XSLT] {xslt} \logo [XSL] {xsl} +\logo [XSLFO] {xsl-fo} \logo [YandY] {y\&y} \def\METAFUN {\MetaFun} diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-map-01.tex b/tex/context/base/s-map-01.tex index 9250b20ae..f64e53546 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-map-01.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-map-01.tex @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ \c!hoofd=35pt, \c!voet=35pt] -\stelkolommenin +\setupcolumns [\c!afstand=1pc] %D Later zullen we zonodig nog instellen dat de \MAPS\ op een @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ \kern 3.5pt \egroup \egroup - \ifMapsInKolommen\startkolommen\fi + \ifMapsInKolommen\startcolumns\fi \MapsAffiliatieB} \def\startBijdrage% @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ \dosingleempty\dostartBijdrage} \def\stopBijdrage% - {\ifMapsInKolommen\stopkolommen\fi + {\ifMapsInKolommen\stopcolumns\fi \stoptekst} %D De affiliatie wordt in de marge gezet. De wat gecompliceerde diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-pre-19.tex b/tex/context/base/s-pre-19.tex index 204cb41a1..56c7c78c4 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-pre-19.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-pre-19.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. %D This style is made in the process or writing the \METAFUN\ %D manual. It exploits a few tricks, like graphics calculated @@ -17,64 +17,64 @@ %D moment) new menu list placement alternative. If you forget %D about the definition of the button shapes, which is %D complicated in any system, this style is not even that hard -%D to follow. Watch how the left side of the buttons follow -%D the right side of the text graphic. -%D -%D While playing bit with this style, the random alternative -%D made me think of those organic building with non equal -%D windows (we have a few in The Netherlands), so I decided to -%D label this style as \type {pre-organic}. +%D to follow. Watch how the left side of the buttons follow +%D the right side of the text graphic. %D -%D At the end of this file, there is a small test file, so -%D when you process this file with \TEXEXEC\ and the options -%D \type {--mode=demo} and \type {--pdf}, you will get a demo -%D document. +%D While playing bit with this style, the random alternative +%D made me think of those organic building with non equal +%D windows (we have a few in The Netherlands), so I decided to +%D label this style as \type {pre-organic}. +%D +%D At the end of this file, there is a small test file, so +%D when you process this file with \TEXEXEC\ and the options +%D \type {--mode=demo} and \type {--pdf}, you will get a demo +%D document. -%D We use one of the standard screen \citeer {paper} sizes, and -%D map it onto the same size, so that we get a nicely cropped -%D page. +%D We use one of the standard screen \citeer {paper} sizes, and +%D map it onto the same size, so that we get a nicely cropped +%D page. \setuppapersize [S6][S6] -%D Like in the \METAFUN\ manual, we use the Palatino as main -%D bodyfont. This font is quite readable on even low -%D resolution screens, although I admit that this style is +%D Like in the \METAFUN\ manual, we use the Palatino as main +%D bodyfont. This font is quite readable on even low +%D resolution screens, although I admit that this style is %D developed using an $1400\times1050$ pixel LCD screen, so I -%D may be biased. +%D may be biased. %\startmode[asintended] \setupbodyfont[ppl] \stopmode %D The layout specification sets up a text area and a right %D edge area where the menus will go. Watch the rather large %D edge distance. By setting the header and footer dimensions -%D to zero, we automatically get rid of page body ornaments, -%D like the pagenumber. +%D to zero, we automatically get rid of page body ornaments, +%D like the pagenumber. \setuplayout [topspace=48pt, backspace=48pt, cutspace=12pt, width=400pt, - margin=0cm, + margin=0cm, rightedge=88pt, rightedgedistance=48pt, header=0cm, footer=0cm, height=middle] -%D We use a moderate, about a line height, interparagraph -%D white space. +%D We use a moderate, about a line height, interparagraph +%D white space. \setupwhitespace [big] -%D Of course we use colors, since on computer displays they -%D come for free. +%D Of course we use colors, since on computer displays they +%D come for free. \setupcolors [state=start] - + \definecolor [red] [r=.75] \definecolor [yellow] [r=.75,g=.75] \definecolor [gray] [s=.50] @@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ \definecolor [ContrastColor] [gray] %D This is an interactive document, so we enable interaction. -%D In this style, we disable the viewer's \citeer {highlight a -%D hyperlink when it's clicked on} feature. We will use a -%D menu, so we enable menus. Later we will see the contract -%D color |<|hyperlinks gets that color when we are already on -%D the location|>| in action. +%D In this style, we disable the viewer's \citeer {highlight a +%D hyperlink when it's clicked on} feature. We will use a +%D menu, so we enable menus. Later we will see the contract +%D color |<|hyperlinks gets that color when we are already on +%D the location|>| in action. \setupinteraction [state=start, @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ %D The menu itself is set up as follows. Because we will %D calculate menubuttons based on their position on the page, %D we have to keep track of the positions. Therefore, we set -%D the \type {position} variable to \type {yes}. +%D the \type {position} variable to \type {yes}. \setupinteractionmenu [right] @@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ before=, after=] -%D The menu content is rather sober: a list of topics (later -%D we will define the command that generates topic entries), -%D and a close button. +%D The menu content is rather sober: a list of topics (later +%D we will define the command that generates topic entries), +%D and a close button. \startinteractionmenu[right] \placelist[Topic][alternative=right] @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ %D \METAPOST\ graphic. Page backgrounds are recalculated each %D page, opposite to the other backgrounds that are calculated %D when a new background is defined, or when repetitive -%D calculation is turned on. +%D calculation is turned on. \setupbackgrounds [page] @@ -146,141 +146,141 @@ \setupMPvariables [page] - [alternative=3] + [alternative=3] \startuseMPgraphic{page} - \includeMPgraphic{rightsuperbutton} + \includeMPgraphic{rightsuperbutton} StartPage ; path p, q ; pickup pencircle scaled 3pt ; - + p := Field[Text][Text] enlarged 36pt superellipsed .90 ; - fill Page withcolor \MPcolor{PageColor} ; - fill p withcolor \MPcolor{TextColor} ; - draw p withcolor \MPcolor{OrnamentColor} ; + fill Page withcolor \MPcolor{PageColor} ; + fill p withcolor \MPcolor{TextColor} ; + draw p withcolor \MPcolor{OrnamentColor} ; - p := Field[Text][Text] enlarged 48pt superellipsed .90 ; + p := Field[Text][Text] enlarged 48pt superellipsed .90 ; - def right_menu_button (expr nn, rr, pp, xx, yy, ww, hh, dd) = - if (pp>0) and (rr>0) : - q := rightsuperbutton(p,xx,yy,RightEdgeWidth,hh) ; - fill q withcolor \MPcolor{TextColor} ; - draw q withcolor if rr=2 : \MPcolor{ContrastColor} - else : \MPcolor{InteractionColor} fi ; - fi ; - enddef ; + def right_menu_button (expr nn, rr, pp, xx, yy, ww, hh, dd) = + if (pp>0) and (rr>0) : + q := rightsuperbutton(p,xx,yy,RightEdgeWidth,hh) ; + fill q withcolor \MPcolor{TextColor} ; + draw q withcolor if rr=2 : \MPcolor{ContrastColor} + else : \MPcolor{InteractionColor} fi ; + fi ; + enddef ; - \MPmenubuttons{right} + \MPmenubuttons{right} - StopPage ; + StopPage ; \stopuseMPgraphic \startuseMPgraphic{page} - \includeMPgraphic{rightsuperbutton} + \includeMPgraphic{rightsuperbutton} StartPage ; - numeric alternative, seed, superness, squeezeness, randomness ; - path p, q ; transform t ; + numeric alternative, seed, superness, squeezeness, randomness ; + path p, q ; transform t ; alternative := \MPvar{alternative} ; - seed := uniformdeviate 100 ; + seed := uniformdeviate 100 ; - if alternative > 10 : - superness := .85 + ((\realfolio-1)/\lastpage) * .15 ; + if alternative > 10 : + superness := .85 + ((\realfolio-1)/\lastpage) * .15 ; squeezeness := 12pt - ((\realfolio-1)/\lastpage) * 10pt ; - else : + else : superness := .90 ; squeezeness := 12pt ; fi ; - randomness := squeezeness ; + randomness := squeezeness ; - alternative := alternative mod 10 ; + alternative := alternative mod 10 ; - t := identity if alternative=3: shifted (9pt,-9pt) fi ; - - % first we draw the shape that surrounds the text + t := identity if alternative=3: shifted (9pt,-9pt) fi ; - randomseed := seed ; + % first we draw the shape that surrounds the text - p := Field[Text][Text] enlarged if - alternative = 1 : 36pt superellipsed superness elseif - alternative = 2 : 36pt squeezed squeezeness elseif + randomseed := seed ; + + p := Field[Text][Text] enlarged if + alternative = 1 : 36pt superellipsed superness elseif + alternative = 2 : 36pt squeezed squeezeness elseif alternative = 3 : 36pt randomized randomness else - : 36pt fi ; + : 36pt fi ; pickup pencircle scaled 3pt ; - fill Page withcolor \MPcolor{PageColor} ; - fill p withcolor \MPcolor{TextColor} ; - draw p withcolor \MPcolor{OrnamentColor} ; + fill Page withcolor \MPcolor{PageColor} ; + fill p withcolor \MPcolor{TextColor} ; + draw p withcolor \MPcolor{OrnamentColor} ; - % we set p to the wider shape from which we will chip off pieces + % we set p to the wider shape from which we will chip off pieces - randomseed := seed ; + randomseed := seed ; - p := ( Field[Text][Text] enlarged if - alternative = 1 : 48pt superellipsed superness elseif - alternative = 2 : 48pt squeezed squeezeness elseif + p := ( Field[Text][Text] enlarged if + alternative = 1 : 48pt superellipsed superness elseif + alternative = 2 : 48pt squeezed squeezeness elseif alternative = 3 : 36pt randomized randomness else : 48pt fi ) transformed t ; % calls to *_menu_button are generated automatically ... - def right_menu_button (expr nn, rr, pp, xx, yy, ww, hh, dd) = - if (pp>0) and (rr>0) : - q := rightsuperbutton(p,xx,yy,RightEdgeWidth,hh) ; % \MPw{menu:right:\realfolio} - fill q withcolor \MPcolor{TextColor} ; - draw q withcolor if rr=2 : \MPcolor{ContrastColor} - else : \MPcolor{InteractionColor} fi ; - fi ; - enddef ; + def right_menu_button (expr nn, rr, pp, xx, yy, ww, hh, dd) = + if (pp>0) and (rr>0) : + q := rightsuperbutton(p,xx,yy,RightEdgeWidth,hh) ; % \MPw{menu:right:\realfolio} + fill q withcolor \MPcolor{TextColor} ; + draw q withcolor if rr=2 : \MPcolor{ContrastColor} + else : \MPcolor{InteractionColor} fi ; + fi ; + enddef ; - % ... and inserted when the graphic data is flushed here ... + % ... and inserted when the graphic data is flushed here ... - \MPmenubuttons{right} + \MPmenubuttons{right} - StopPage ; + StopPage ; \stopuseMPgraphic \startuseMPgraphic{rightsuperbutton} vardef rightsuperbutton (expr pat, xpos, ypos, wid, hei) = - save p, ptop, pbot, t, b, edge, shift, width, height ; - path p, ptop, pbot ; pair t, b ; numeric edge, shift, width, height ; + save p, ptop, pbot, t, b, edge, shift, width, height ; + path p, ptop, pbot ; pair t, b ; numeric edge, shift, width, height ; - edge := xpos + wid ; shift := ypos + hei ; + edge := xpos + wid ; shift := ypos + hei ; - p := rightpath pat ; + p := rightpath pat ; ptop := ((-infinity,shift)--(edge,shift)) ; - pbot := ((-infinity,shift-hei)--(edge,shift-hei)) ; + pbot := ((-infinity,shift-hei)--(edge,shift-hei)) ; - t := p intersectionpoint ptop ; - b := p intersectionpoint pbot ; + t := p intersection_point ptop ; + b := p intersection_point pbot ; p := subpath(0,xpart (p intersectiontimes ptop)) of p ; p := subpath(xpart (p intersectiontimes pbot),length(p)) of p ; - (p -- t -- point 1 of ptop & - point 1 of ptop -- point 1 of pbot & - point 1 of pbot -- b - -- cycle) + (p -- t -- point 1 of ptop & + point 1 of ptop -- point 1 of pbot & + point 1 of pbot -- b + -- cycle) -enddef ; +enddef ; \stopuseMPgraphic %D Topics are identified with \type {\Topic}, which is an %D instance of chapter headings. The number is made invisible. %D Since it still is a numbered section header, \CONTEXT\ will -%D write the header to the table of contents. +%D write the header to the table of contents. \definehead [Topic] @@ -290,19 +290,19 @@ enddef ; [Topic] [number=no] -%D We will use a bold font in the table of contents. We also -%D force a complete list. +%D We will use a bold font in the table of contents. We also +%D force a complete list. \setuplist [Topic] [criterium=all, style=bold, before=, - after=] + after=] -%D The \type {\TitlePage} macro looks horrible, because we -%D want to keep the interface simple: a list of small -%D sentences, separated by \type {\\}. +%D The \type {\TitlePage} macro looks horrible, because we +%D want to keep the interface simple: a list of small +%D sentences, separated by \type {\\}. \def\StartTitlePage {\startstandardmakeup @@ -318,17 +318,17 @@ enddef ; \def\TitlePage#1% {\StartTitlePage#1\StopTitlePage} -%D A couple of goodies: +%D A couple of goodies: \def\Subject {\Topic} \def\Topics #1{} \def\Subjects {} -%D For those who want to test: +%D For those who want to test: \doifnotmode{demo}{\endinput} -\starttext +\starttext \setupMPvariables[page][alternative=3] @@ -337,10 +337,10 @@ enddef ; A Simple Style Demo\\ Hans Hagen, August 2000} -\Topic {Douglas R. Hofstadter} \input douglas \page -\Topic {Donald E. Knuth} \input knuth \page -\Topic {Edward R. Tufte} \input tufte \page -\Topic {Hermann Zapf} \input zapf \page -%Topic {David F. Stork} \input stork \page +\Topic {Douglas R. Hofstadter} \input douglas \page +\Topic {Donald E. Knuth} \input knuth \page +\Topic {Edward R. Tufte} \input tufte \page +\Topic {Hermann Zapf} \input zapf \page +%Topic {David F. Stork} \input stork \page -\stoptext +\stoptext diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-pre-60.tex b/tex/context/base/s-pre-60.tex index a5198b97c..060bf44c8 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-pre-60.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-pre-60.tex @@ -48,14 +48,16 @@ % todo: roll back blank +\def\StepLayer{step:\StepCounter} + \def\StartStep {\ifvmode \scratchskip\lastskip \vskip-\scratchskip - \startproperty[step:\StepCounter]% + \startproperty[\StepLayer]% \vskip\scratchskip \else - \startproperty[step:\StepCounter]% + \startproperty[\StepLayer]% \fi \ignorespaces} @@ -63,9 +65,9 @@ {\removeunwantedspaces \stopproperty} -\def\StartSteps{\ResetStep\NextStep\StartStep} -\def\StopSteps {\StopStep\PrevStep} -\def\FlushStep {\StopStep\NextStep\StartStep} +\def\StartSteps{\iftrialtypesetting\else\ResetStep\NextStep\StartStep\fi} +\def\StopSteps {\iftrialtypesetting\else\StopStep\PrevStep\fi} +\def\FlushStep {\iftrialtypesetting\else\StopStep\NextStep\StartStep\fi} \appendtoks \ResetStep @@ -85,4 +87,25 @@ [text] [background=invoke] +% bonus + +\useMPlibrary[nav] + +\definepalet + [navplus] + [attach=interactioncolor, + comment=interactioncolor] + +\setupcomment + [symbol={comment-normal,comment-down}, + textlayer=\StepLayer, + option=buffer, + height=\textheight, + width=\textwidth, + margin=0pt] + +\setupattachments + [symbol={attach-normal,attach-down}, + textlayer=\StepLayer] + \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-pre-61.tex b/tex/context/base/s-pre-61.tex index 5d43ac757..3e60c7c8c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-pre-61.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-pre-61.tex @@ -42,7 +42,10 @@ \setupinteraction [state=start, click=off, - menu=on] + menu=on, + style=, + color=interactioncolor, + contrastcolor=interactioncolor] \setupinteractionscreen [option=max] @@ -86,6 +89,8 @@ \definecolor [maincolor] [bright] \definecolor [textcolor] [red] +\definecolor [interactioncolor] [r=.8,g=.8,b=.6] + \setupcolors [state=start, textcolor=maincolor] @@ -95,6 +100,19 @@ [background=page, backgroundcolor=textcolor] +\setupbackgrounds + [text]% [text] + [background={comments,text,invoke}] + +\definelayer + [text] + [width=\textwidth, + height=\textheight] + +\defineoverlay + [comments] + [{\setlayer[text][preset=middle]{\placecomments}}] + \defineoverlay[page][\uniqueMPgraphic{page-\ifcase\realpageno\or one\else plus\fi}] \startuniqueMPgraphic{page-one} @@ -122,9 +140,10 @@ StopPage ; \stopuniqueMPgraphic -\NormalizeFontHeight \HeadFont {\setstrut\strut\quad} {1.0\headerheight} {SansBold} -\NormalizeFontHeight \TitleFont {\setstrut\strut\quad} {2.0\headerheight} {SansBold} -\NormalizeFontHeight \SubTitleFont {\setstrut\strut\quad} {1.5\headerheight} {SansBold} +\NormalizeFontHeight \HeadFont {\setstrut\strut\quad} {1.0\headerheight} {SansBold} +\NormalizeFontHeight \TitleFont {\setstrut\strut\quad} {2.0\headerheight} {SansBold} +\NormalizeFontHeight \SubTitleFont {\setstrut\strut\quad} {1.5\headerheight} {SansBold} +\NormalizeFontHeight \SubSubTitleFont {\setstrut\strut\quad} {1.0\headerheight} {SansBold} \setuphead [chapter] diff --git a/tex/context/base/setupb.tex b/tex/context/base/setupb.tex index 666971b4f..1aa66f16b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/setupb.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/setupb.tex @@ -2787,7 +2787,7 @@ \startsetup \command - [\y!stelkolommenin] + [\y!setupcolumns] \type [\c!vars!] \variable @@ -2841,11 +2841,11 @@ \startsetup \command - [\y!startkolommen] + [\y!startcolumns] \type [\c!opt!\c!vars!\c!stp!] \inheritvariables - [\y!stelkolommenin] + [\y!setupcolumns] [] \stopsetup @@ -3338,6 +3338,14 @@ [\c!clipoffset] [\c!dimension!] [\!!zeropoint] + \variable + [\c!pagina] + [\c!identifier!] + [] + \variable + [\c!papier] + [\c!identifier!] + [] \stopsetup \startsetup @@ -5220,6 +5228,14 @@ [\v!nee,\v!standaard,\c!dimension!] [0pt] \variable + [\c!linkermarge] + [\v!nee,\v!standaard,\c!dimension!] + [0pt] + \variable + [\c!rechtermarge] + [\v!nee,\v!standaard,\c!dimension!] + [0pt] + \variable [\c!breedte] [\c!dimension!] [1.5em] diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-def.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-def.tex index bdcc32785..57dcb7ae5 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-def.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-def.tex @@ -158,9 +158,13 @@ \installspecial [\dostartspotcolormode] [or] [2] -\installspecial [\doregistercmykspotcolor] [or] [5] -\installspecial [\doregisterrgbspotcolor] [or] [4] -\installspecial [\doregistergrayspotcolor] [or] [2] +\installspecial [\doregisterrgbspotcolor] [or] [7] +\installspecial [\doregistercmykspotcolor] [or] [8] +\installspecial [\doregistergrayspotcolor] [or] [5] + +\installspecial [\doregisterrgbindexcolor] [or] [7] +\installspecial [\doregistercmykindexcolor] [or] [8] +\installspecial [\doregistergrayindexcolor] [or] [5] \installspecial [\dostartnonecolormode] [or] [0] \installspecial [\doregisternonecolor] [or] [0] @@ -169,7 +173,7 @@ %D simply call the start one with zero arguments. %D \macros -%D {doinsertfile} +%D {doinsertfile,doinsertMPfile} %D %D Probably the most problematic special is the following %D one. Because we want to be able to support different @@ -198,7 +202,8 @@ %D When option 1 is passed, the viewers is asked to present a %D preview, like the first frame of a movie. -\installspecial [\doinsertfile] [or] [9] +\installspecial [\doinsertfile] [or] [9] +\installspecial [\doinsertMPfile] [or] [1] % speed up %D No start||stop construction is needed here, because there in %D no further interference of \TEX. All dimensions are output diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-dpm.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-dpm.tex index d1b6b541b..710ca70c4 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-dpm.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-dpm.tex @@ -228,26 +228,52 @@ %D \macros %D {dostartobject,dostopobject,doinsertobject} +% \definespecial\dostartobject#1#2#3#4#5% +% {\bgroup +% \setbox\nextbox=\hbox\bgroup +% \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{#1::#2}% +% \scratchdimen#3\edef\width {\the\scratchdimen\space}% +% \scratchdimen#4\edef\height{\the\scratchdimen\space}% +% \special{pdf: bxobj @#1::#2 width \width height \height}} + +% \definespecial\dostopobject% +% {\special{pdf: exobj}% +% \egroup +% \smashbox\nextbox +% \flushatshipout{\box\nextbox}% +% \egroup} + \definespecial\dostartobject#1#2#3#4#5% {\bgroup - \setbox\nextbox=\hbox\bgroup - \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{#1::#2}% - \scratchdimen#3\edef\width {\the\scratchdimen\space}% - \scratchdimen#4\edef\height{\the\scratchdimen\space}% - \special{pdf: bxobj @#1::#2 width \width height \height}} - -\definespecial\dostopobject% - {\special{pdf: exobj}% - \egroup - \smashbox\nextbox - \flushatshipout{\box\nextbox}% - \egroup} + \dowithnextbox + {\dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{#1::#2}% + \scratchdimen#3\edef\width {\the\scratchdimen\space}% + \scratchdimen#4\edef\height{\the\scratchdimen\space}% + \setbox\nextbox\vbox + {\special{pdf: bxobj @#1::#2 width \width height \height}% + % we need to compensate for the box offset (ugly, sigh) + \scratchdimen\nextboxht + \advance\scratchdimen\nextboxdp + \advance\scratchdimen-#4\relax + \nextboxdp\zeropoint + \nextboxht\zeropoint + \hbox to #3{\hss\lower.5\scratchdimen\box\nextbox\hss}% + \special{pdf: exobj}% + \global\let\currentPDFresources\empty}% + \smashbox\nextbox + \flushatshipout{\box\nextbox}% + \egroup}% + \hbox\bgroup} + +\definespecial\dostopobject + {\egroup} + \definespecial\doinsertobject#1#2% {\hbox {\dogetobjectreference{#1}{#2}\PDFobjectreference \ifx\PDFobjectreference\empty \else - \special{pdf: usexobj @\PDFobjectreference}% + \special{pdf: usexobj @#1::#2}% \fi}} %D \macros diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-dpx.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-dpx.tex index f453e08b4..f3f77ff4d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-dpx.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-dpx.tex @@ -40,14 +40,14 @@ %D DVIPDFMx supports the special command \type{pdf: literal ...} %D since the version \type{dvipdfmx-20021028}. %D -%D 1. \type{pdf: linteral #1} puts the given PDF commands \#1 +%D 1. \type{pdf: literal #1} puts the given PDF commands \#1 %D after changing the text matrix with \type{"1 0 0 1 x y cm"} %D to set the current DVI position $(x,y)$ to the origin. %D -%D 2. \type{pdf: linteral reverse #1} puts the given PDF commands \#1 +%D 2. \type{pdf: literal reverse #1} puts the given PDF commands \#1 %D after changing the text matrix with \type{"1 0 0 1 -x -y cm"}. %D -%D 3. \type{pdf: linteral direct #1} puts directly the given PDF +%D 3. \type{pdf: literal direct #1} puts directly the given PDF %D commands \#1 without changing the text matrix. %D %D Literal \PDF\ inclusion is implemented as: @@ -203,18 +203,70 @@ %D Negation is not (yet) supported: +% we need resource access +% % \definespecial\dostartnegative {} % \definespecial\dostopnegative {} % \definespecial\dostarttransparency {} % \definespecial\dostoptransparency {} +\definespecial\dostarttransparency{\doPDFstarttransparency} +\definespecial\dostoptransparency {\doPDFstoptransparency} + +\PDFtransparencysupportedtrue + +\def\@@PDT{@PDT@} + +\ifx\PDFcurrenttransparency\undefined + \newcount\PDFcurrenttransparency \PDFcurrenttransparency=0 % -1 +\fi + +\def\assignPDFtransparency#1#2% + {\def\PDFtransparencyidentifier{/Tr#1}% + %\def\PDFtransparencyreference{#2 0 R}} + \def\PDFtransparencyreference{@TR:#2}} + +\def\presetPDFtransparency#1#2% + {\initializePDFtransparency + \executeifdefined{\@@PDT#1:#2}{\dopresetPDFtransparency{#1}{#2}}} + +\def\dopresetPDFtransparency#1#2% + {\global\advance\PDFcurrenttransparency \plusone + %\immediate\pdfobj{\PDFtransparancydictionary{#1}{#2}{}}% +% \special{pdf: object @TR:\the\PDFcurrenttransparency\space \PDFtransparancydictionary{#1}{#2}{}}% + \doPDFreserveDPXobject{TR:\the\PDFcurrenttransparency}{<< >>}% + \special{pdf: \doPDFcheckedDPXobject{TR:\the\PDFcurrenttransparency}\PDFtransparancydictionary{#1}{#2}{}}% + \edef\PDFtransparencyidentifier{/Tr\the\PDFcurrenttransparency}% + %\edef\PDFtransparencyreference {\the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% + \edef\PDFtransparencyreference {@TR:\the\PDFcurrenttransparency}% + \setxvalue{\@@PDT#1:#2}% + {\noexpand\assignPDFtransparency{\the\PDFcurrenttransparency}{\the\PDFcurrenttransparency}}% + \appendtoPDFdocumentextgstates + {\PDFtransparencyidentifier\space + \PDFtransparencyreference\space}} + +\def\initializePDFtransparency + %{\immediate\pdfobj{\PDFtransparancydictionary{1}{1}{/AIS false}}% +% {\special{pdf: object @TR:0 \PDFtransparancydictionary{1}{1}{/AIS false}}% + {\doPDFreserveDPXobject{TR:0}{<< >>}% + \special{pdf: \doPDFcheckedDPXobject{TR:0}\PDFtransparancydictionary{1}{1}{/AIS false}}% + \xdef\PDFtransparencyresetidentifier{/Tr0}% + %\xdef\PDFtransparencyresetreference{\the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% + \xdef\PDFtransparencyresetreference{@TR:0}% + \setxvalue{\@@PDT0:0}% + %{\noexpand\assignPDFtransparency{0}{\the\pdflastobj}}% + {\noexpand\assignPDFtransparency{0}{0}}% + \appendtoPDFdocumentextgstates + {\PDFtransparencyresetidentifier\space + \PDFtransparencyresetreference\space}% + \global\let\initializePDFtransparency\relax} %D \macros %D {dosetupinteraction, %D dosetupopenaction,dosetupcloseaction} \definespecial\dosetupinteraction - {\showmessage{\m!interactions}{21}{DVIPDFMx}} + {\showmessage\m!interactions{21}{DVIPDFMx}} \definespecial\dosetupopenaction {\doPDFsetupopenaction} \definespecial\dosetupcloseaction{\doPDFsetupcloseaction} @@ -306,35 +358,46 @@ %D \macros %D {dostartobject,dostopobject,doinsertobject} +%D +%D Modified to support the color shading feature since version +%D \type{dvipdfmx-20021128}. + +% wd nextbox > #3 ivm offset \definespecial\dostartobject#1#2#3#4#5% {\bgroup - \setbox\nextbox\hbox\bgroup - \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{#1::#2}% - \scratchdimen#3\edef\width {\the\scratchdimen\space}% - \scratchdimen#4\edef\height{\the\scratchdimen\space}% - \special{pdf: bxobj @#1::#2 width \width height \height}} - -%D Modified to support the color shading feature since version -%D \type{dvipdfmx-20021128}. + \dowithnextbox + {\dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{@#1::#2}% + \scratchdimen#3\edef\width {\the\scratchdimen\space}% + \scratchdimen#4\edef\height{\the\scratchdimen\space}% + \setbox\nextbox\vbox + {\special{pdf: bxobj @#1::#2 width \width height \height}% + % we need to compensate for the box offset (ugly, sigh) + \scratchdimen\nextboxht + \advance\scratchdimen\nextboxdp + \advance\scratchdimen-#4\relax + \nextboxdp\zeropoint + \nextboxht\zeropoint + \hbox to #3{\hss\lower.5\scratchdimen\box\nextbox\hss}% + \ifx\currentPDFresources\empty + \special{pdf: exobj}% + \else + \special{pdf: exobj <<\currentPDFresources\the\pdfpageresources>>}% + \global\let\currentPDFresources\empty + \fi}% + \smashbox\nextbox + \flushatshipout{\box\nextbox}% + \egroup}% + \hbox\bgroup} \definespecial\dostopobject - {\ifx\currentPDFresources\empty - \special{pdf: exobj}% - \else - \special{pdf: exobj <<\currentPDFresources>>}% - \global\let\currentPDFresources\empty - \fi - \egroup - \smashbox\nextbox - \flushatshipout{\box\nextbox}% - \egroup} + {\egroup} \definespecial\doinsertobject#1#2% {\hbox - {\dogetobjectreference{#1}{#2}\PDFobjectreference + {\doPDFgetobjectreference{#1}{#2}\PDFobjectreference \ifx\PDFobjectreference\empty \else - \special{pdf: usexobj @\PDFobjectreference}% + \special{pdf: usexobj @#1::#2}% \fi}} %D \macros @@ -439,17 +502,44 @@ \scratchdimen#3\edef\width {\the\scratchdimen\space}% \scratchdimen#4\edef\height{\the\scratchdimen\space}% \special{pdf: ann @#1::#2 width \width height \height <<#5>>}% - \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{#1::#2}% + \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{@#1::#2}% \egroup} \def\doPDFactionobject class #1 name #2 width #3 height #4 action #5% {\dodoPDFaction{@#1::#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{#1::#2}} + \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{@#1::#2}} %D \macros %D {doPDFaddtocatalog,doPDFaddtoinfo, %D doPDFpageattribute,doPDFpagesattribute} +% we could move much more to spec-fdf + +% \ifx\pdfcatalog \undefined \newtoks\pdfcatalog \fi +% \ifx\pdfinfo \undefined \newtoks\pdfinfo \fi +% \ifx\pdfpageattr \undefined \newtoks\pdfpageattr \fi +% \ifx\pdfpageresources\undefined \newtoks\pdfpageresources \fi +% \ifx\pdfpagesattr \undefined \newtoks\pdfpagesattr \fi + +% \def\doPDFaddtocatalog #1{\expanded{\global\pdfcatalog {#1\the\pdfcatalog }}} +% \def\doPDFaddtoinfo #1{\expanded{\global\pdfinfo {#1\the\pdfinfo }}} +% \def\doPDFpageattribute #1{\expanded{\global\pdfpageattr {#1\the\pdfpageattr }}} +% \def\doPDFpageresource #1{\expanded{\global\pdfpageresources{#1\the\pdfpageresources}}} +% \def\doPDFpagesattribute#1{\expanded{\global\pdfpagesattr {#1\the\pdfpagesattr }}} + +% \def\doPDFresetpageattributes{\global\pdfpageattr\emptytoks} +% \def\doPDFresetpageresources {\global\pdfpageresources\emptytoks} + +% \appendtoks +% \special{pdf: put @catalog <<#1>>}% +% \special{pdf: docinfo <<#1>>}% +% \special{pdf: put @pages <<#1>>}% +% \to \everylastshipout + +% \appendtoks +% \special{pdf: put @thispage <<#1>>}% +% \to\everyshipout + \def\doPDFaddtocatalog#1% {\special{pdf: put @catalog <<#1>>}} @@ -463,7 +553,7 @@ {\special{pdf: put @pages <<#1>>}} \def\doPDFpageresource#1% - {\message{[skipping PDF resource]}} + {\special{pdf: put @resources <<#1>>}} \let\doPDFresetpageresources =\relax \let\doPDFresetpageattributes=\relax @@ -483,21 +573,58 @@ %D \macros %D {doPDFdictionaryobject,doPDFarrayobject} +% Dvipdfmx can't handle +% +% \special{pdf:put @foo << /Bar @bar >>} +% \special{pdf:put @bar << /Foo @foo >>} +% +% Objects must be defined before they are used. +% +% \special{pdf:obj @foo << >>} +% \special{pdf:obj @bar << >>} +% \special{pdf:put @foo << /Bar @bar >>} +% \special{pdf:put @bar << /Foo @foo >>} +% +% However, this only works for dictionary and array. + +\def\doPDFreserveDPXobject#1#2% + {\ifundefined{r:pdx:d:#1}% + % we need a \flushatshipoutprep (prepended, normally appended) + \flushatshipout{\special{pdf: object @#1 #2}}% + \global\letvalue{r:pdx:d:#1}\empty + \fi} + +\def\doPDFreserveDPXobjectfirst#1#2% + {\ifundefined{r:pdx:d:#1}% + \doglobal\prependtoks\special{pdf: object @#1 #2}\to\everyfirstshipout + \global\letvalue{r:pdx:d:#1}\empty + \fi} + +\def\doPDFcheckedDPXobject#1{\ifundefined{r:pdx:d:#1}object\else put\fi\space @#1\space} + +% todo when etex is fixed, \everyPDFpresets, leeg voor pdftex, nodig voor dvipdfmx + +\doPDFreserveDPXobjectfirst{FDF::docuextgstates}{<< >>} + \def\doPDFdictionaryobject class #1 name #2 data #3% - {\special{pdf: object @#1::#2 <<#3>>}} + {\flushatshipout + {\special{pdf: \doPDFcheckedDPXobject{#1::#2}<<#3>>}% + \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{@#1::#2}}} \def\doPDFarrayobject class #1 name #2 data #3% - {\special{pdf: object @#1::#2 [#3]}} + {\flushatshipout + {\special{pdf: \doPDFcheckedDPXobject{#1::#2}[#3]}% + \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{@#1::#2}}} %D \macros %D {defaultobjectreference,doPDFgetobjectreference} -\def\defaultobjectreference#1#2{#1::#2} +\def\defaultobjectreference#1#2{@#1::#2} %D \type{\doPDFgetobjectreference} in \type{spec-dpm} had a bug. \def\doPDFgetobjectreference#1#2#3% - {\dogetobjectreference{@#1}{#2}#3% + {\dogetobjectreference{#1}{#2}#3% \ifx#3\empty\else\edef#3{#3}\fi} % \def\doPDFgetobjectpage #1#2#3{..} @@ -578,14 +705,33 @@ %D 5. Modified codes from \type{supp-pdf} -\let\dohandleMPfshow\handleMPfshow - \def\handleMPfshow {\special{pdf: literal direct q}% \special{pdf: literal reverse}% \dohandleMPfshow \special{pdf: literal direct Q}} +\newcounter\MPPDFcounter + +\def\setMPPDFobject#1#2% resources boxnumber / see other object macros / unchecked + {\doglobal\increment\MPPDFcounter + \bgroup + \setbox\nextbox\vbox + {\scratchdimen\wd#2\edef\width {\the\scratchdimen\space}% + \scratchdimen\ht#2\edef\height{\the\scratchdimen\space}% + \special{pdf: bxobj @MPPDF:\MPPDFcounter\space width \width height \height}% + \box#2% + \special{pdf: exobj <<\currentPDFresources>>}}% + \smashbox\nextbox + \flushatshipout{\box\nextbox}% + \egroup + \edef\getMPPDFobject{\special{pdf: usexobj @MPPDF:\MPPDFcounter}}} + +\let\getMPPDFobject\relax + +\definespecial\doinsertMPfile#1% + {\doiffileelse{./#1}{\includeMPasPDF{./#1}}{\message{[MP #1]}}} + %D Experimental (untested): \definespecial\dostartfonteffect{\doPDFstartfonteffect} diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-dvi.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-dvi.tex index 3a39e5229..52b2a421d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-dvi.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-dvi.tex @@ -61,7 +61,6 @@ \hbox{\unhbox0}% the \hbox is really needed! \egroup} - %D \macros %D {dosetposition, %D dosetpositionwhd, diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-fdf.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-fdf.tex index 0a4013b6f..a888fa41c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-fdf.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-fdf.tex @@ -378,12 +378,24 @@ {\ifcase#6 \or\or\else /ViewerPreferences << /FitWindow true >>\fi}% \egroup} +% not that good if we switch drivers + \appendtoksonce % hack to prevent duplicates \doPDFaddtocatalog{\currentPDFpagemode\currentPDFviewerprefs}% \doPDFaddtoinfo{/Trapped /False}% \doPDFaddtoinfo{/ConTeXt.Version (\contextversion)}% \to \everyfirstshipout +\def\PDFversion{1.5} + +\appendtoksonce + \def\PDFversion{1.5}% +\to \everyresetspecials + +\appendtoksonce % we catch both n and 1.n + \doPDFaddtocatalog{/Version \ifdim\PDFversion00\points>100\points 1.\fi\PDFversion}% +\to \everylastshipout + \def\doPDFsetupwhateverbox#1#2#3#4#5#6% watch the extra arguments {\bgroup \!!widtha#5% @@ -1022,11 +1034,13 @@ \startPDFsymbolappearance \doPDFembedfile\PDFfile{#7}{#8}% \doPDFgetembeddedfilereference\PDFfile\PDFobjectreference + \setFDFlayer\@@DriverAttachmentLayer \doPDFannotation width {\width} height {\totalheight} data {/Subtype /FileAttachment /FS \PDFobjectreference\space /Contents (#1) \PDFsymbol + \FDFlayer \PDFattributes}% \stopPDFsymbolappearance \egroup} @@ -1257,37 +1271,6 @@ %D support. These macros are complicated by the fact that %D cloning is possible. -% new approach, 'global' variables, since we run out of -% arguments - -\ifx\undefined\@@DriverFieldName - - \letempty \@@DriverFieldName - \letempty \@@DriverFieldWidth - \letempty \@@DriverFieldHeight - \letempty \@@DriverFieldDefault - \letempty \@@DriverFieldNumber - \letempty \@@DriverFieldNumber - \letempty \@@DriverFieldStyle - \letempty \@@DriverFieldColor - \letempty \@@DriverFieldBackgroundColor - \letempty \@@DriverFieldFrameColor - \letempty \@@DriverFieldLayer - \letempty \@@DriverFieldOption - \letempty \@@DriverFieldAlign - \letempty \@@DriverFieldClickIn - \letempty \@@DriverFieldClickOut - \letempty \@@DriverFieldRegionIn - \letempty \@@DriverFieldRegionOut - \letempty \@@DriverFieldAfterKey - \letempty \@@DriverFieldFormat - \letempty \@@DriverFieldValidate - \letempty \@@DriverFieldCalculate - \letempty \@@DriverFieldFocusIn - \letempty \@@DriverFieldFocusOut - -\fi - %D \macros %D {FDFflag...,FDFplus...} %D @@ -1819,7 +1802,7 @@ \def\doFDFpresetlinefield#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% {\bgroup - \setFDFlayer + \setFDFlayer\@@DriverFieldLayer \setFDFswitches[#7]% \setFDFattributes[#6]% \setFDFalignment[#8]% @@ -1884,7 +1867,7 @@ \def\doFDFpresetchoicefield#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% {\bgroup - \setFDFlayer + \setFDFlayer\@@DriverFieldLayer \setFDFswitches[#6]% \setFDFattributes[#5]% \setFDFvalues[#7][#4]% @@ -1949,7 +1932,7 @@ \def\doFDFpresetpushcheckfield#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% in acro<5 (\FDFdefault) {\bgroup % in acro>5 /\FDFdefault - \setFDFlayer + \setFDFlayer\@@DriverFieldLayer \ifcase#8\relax\FDFvaluesfalse\else\FDFvaluestrue\fi \setFDFswitches[#5]% \setFDFactions[#7]% @@ -2030,7 +2013,7 @@ \def\doFDFpresetradiofield#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% {\bgroup - \setFDFlayer + \setFDFlayer\@@DriverFieldLayer \FDFvaluestrue \setFDFswitches[#5]% \setFDFactions[#8]% @@ -2195,13 +2178,13 @@ %D Layer support: -\def\setFDFlayer % todo : \ifx\PDFobjectreference\noPDFobjectreference ipv found +\def\setFDFlayer#1% todo : \ifx\PDFobjectreference\noPDFobjectreference ipv found {\letempty\FDFlayer - \doifsomething\@@DriverFieldLayer - {\checkproperty[\@@DriverFieldLayer]% == \dodocheckproperty\@@DriverFieldLayer - \doifobjectreferencefoundelse{PDLN}\@@DriverFieldLayer - {\doPDFgetobjectreference{PDLN}\@@DriverFieldLayer\PDFobjectreference - \edef\FDFlayer{/OC \PDFobjectreference}}% + \doifsomething{#1}% + {\checkproperty[#1]% == \dodocheckproperty\@@DriverFieldLayer + \doifobjectreferencefoundelse{PDLN}{#1} + {\doPDFgetobjectreference{PDLN}{#1}\!!stringa % we need to avoid a clash with other macros + \edef\FDFlayer{/OC \!!stringa}}% \donothing}} %D The three appearances {\em normal}, \type{roll over} and @@ -2519,13 +2502,14 @@ \def\doPDFflushcomments {\box\PDFsymbolbox} -\long\def\doPDFinsertcomment#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% +\long\def\doPDFinsertcomment#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% % \@@DriverCommentLayer set otherwise {\bgroup % title width height color open symbol collect data \presetPDFsymbolappearance{#4}{#6}{#2}{#3}\!!zeropoint% sets width/height \doifelsenothing{#1} {\let\PDFidentifier\empty} {\def\PDFidentifier{/T (#1)}}% \sanitizePDFencoding#8\to\PDFdata + \setFDFlayer\@@DriverCommentLayer \startPDFsymbolappearance \ifPDFpopupcomments \doglobal\increment\nofFDFcomments @@ -2535,22 +2519,26 @@ \donefalse \ifdone \setbox\scratchbox\hbox - % pdftex (efficient) - % {\doPDFannotation - % generic (less efficient) {\doPDFannotationobject class FDF name {c::\nofFDFcomments} - % argument (common) - width #2 height #3 data % text window + width #2 height #3 data % text window, size does not work {/Subtype /Popup /Parent \PDFobjectreference}}% \ifcase#7\relax \vbox to \height{\forgetall\vskip#3\box\scratchbox\vss}% \else % incredible trial and error hack + % it's quite a mess, the annot width cannot be set, well, it can + % but the appearance and text sizes get mixed up +% \setbox\scratchbox\vbox to \height{\forgetall\vskip#3\box\scratchbox\vss}% +% \global\setbox\PDFsymbolbox\vbox +% {\hsize#2% +% \forgetall +% \vsmash{\box\PDFsymbolbox} +% \box\scratchbox}% + % this may change when acrobat gets less bugged + \setbox\scratchbox\vbox to #3{\forgetall\vss\box\scratchbox}% + \wd\scratchbox#2% \global\setbox\PDFsymbolbox\vbox - {\hsize#2% - \forgetall - \vsmash{\box\PDFsymbolbox} - \box\scratchbox}% + {\startoverlay{\box\PDFsymbolbox}{\box\scratchbox}\stopoverlay}% \fi \fi % generic @@ -2568,6 +2556,7 @@ \ifdone /Popup \PDFobjectreference\fi /Contents \ifPDFunicode <\PDFdata> \else(\PDFdata) \fi \PDFidentifier + \FDFlayer \PDFsymbol \PDFattributes}% \else @@ -2575,6 +2564,7 @@ {/Subtype /Text \ifcase#5 \else/Open true\fi /Contents \ifPDFunicode <\PDFdata> \else(\PDFdata) \fi + \FDFlayer \PDFsymbol \PDFidentifier \PDFattributes}% @@ -2753,8 +2743,27 @@ \def\doPDFstartgraycolormode#1% {\PDFcode{#1 g\ifPDFstrokecolor\space#1 G\fi}} -\def\doPDFstartspotcolormode#1#2% - {\PDFcode{/#1 CS #2 SC /#1 cs #2 sc}} +% \def\doPDFstartspotcolormode#1#2% +% {\PDFcode{/#1 CS #2 SC /#1 cs #2 sc}} + +\def\doPDFstartspotcolormode#1#2% redefining spotcolors is not possible anyway + {\ifundefined{pdf:scs:#2}% + \bgroup + \getcommacommandsize[#2]% + \ifcase\commalistsize\or + \setxvalue{pdf:scs:#2}{#2 SCN #2 scn}% \setxvalue{pdf:scs:#2}{#2 SC #2 sc}% + \else + \let\PDFspotcolorspecs\empty + \def\dospotcolorcommand##1{\edef\PDFspotcolorspecs{\PDFspotcolorspecs##1\space}}% + \processcommacommand[#2]\dospotcolorcommand + \setxvalue{pdf:scs:#2}{\PDFspotcolorspecs SCN \PDFspotcolorspecs scn}% + \fi + \egroup + \fi + \PDFcode{/#1 cs /#1 CS \PDFgetspotcolorspec{#2}}} + +\def\PDFgetspotcolorspec#1% + {\executeifdefined{pdf:scs:#1}\empty} % better no default than one with too less args \def\doPDFstartnonecolormode {\PDFcode{/None CS 1 SC /None cs 1 sc}} @@ -2769,27 +2778,53 @@ % /Device#2 \the\pdflastobj\space0 R]} so we use separation % colors that work and print ok -\def\doPDFregistersomespotcolor#1#2#3#4% +\def\doPDFregistersomespotcolor#1#2#3#4% implemented in the driver {\writestatus\m!systems{missing spot color definition}\wait} \def\doPDFregisternonecolor % internal command {\doPDFregistergrayspotcolor{None}{1}% \globallet\doPDFregisternonecolor\relax} -\def\doPDFregisterrgbspotcolor#1#2#3#4% - {\doPDFregistersomespotcolor - {#1}{RGB}{[0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0]}% - {{dup #2 mul exch dup #3 mul exch #4 mul}}} +% \def\doPDFregisterrgbspotcolor#1#2#3#4% +% {\doPDFregistersomespotcolor +% {#1}{RGB}{[0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0]}% +% {{dup #2 mul exch dup #3 mul exch #4 mul}}} +% +% \def\doPDFregistercmykspotcolor#1#2#3#4#5% +% {\doPDFregistersomespotcolor +% {#1}{CMYK}{[0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0]}% +% {{dup #2 mul exch dup #3 mul exch dup #4 mul exch #5 mul}}} +% +% \def\doPDFregistergrayspotcolor#1#2% +% {\doPDFregistersomespotcolor +% {#1}{Gray}{[0.0 1.0]}% +% {{pop}}} + +\def\doPDFregisterrgbspotcolor#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% name noffractions names p's r g b + {\doPDFregistersomespotcolor{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{RGB}{0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0}% + {\ifcase#2\or dup #5 mul exch dup #6 mul exch #7 mul\else#5 #6 #7\fi}} + +\def\doPDFregistercmykspotcolor#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% name noffractions names p's c m y k + {\doPDFregistersomespotcolor{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{CMYK}{0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0}% + {\ifcase#2\or dup #5 mul exch dup #6 mul exch dup #7 mul exch #8 mul\else #5 #6 #7 #8\fi}} + +\def\doPDFregistergrayspotcolor#1#2#3#4#5% name noffractions names p's s + {\doPDFregistersomespotcolor{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{Gray}{0.0 1.0}% + {\ifcase#2\or pop\else#5\fi}} -\def\doPDFregistercmykspotcolor#1#2#3#4#5% - {\doPDFregistersomespotcolor - {#1}{CMYK}{[0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0]}% - {{dup #2 mul exch dup #3 mul exch dup #4 mul exch #5 mul}}} +%D New and very experimental. -\def\doPDFregistergrayspotcolor#1#2% - {\doPDFregistersomespotcolor - {#1}{Gray}{[0.0 1.0]}% - {{pop}}} +\def\doPDFregistercmykindexcolor#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% name noffractions names p's c m y k + {\doPDFregistersomeindexcolor{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{CMYK}{0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0}% + {dup #5 mul exch dup #6 mul exch dup #7 mul exch #8 mul}} + +\def\doPDFregisterrgbindexcolor#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% name noffractions names p's r g b + {\doPDFregistersomeindexcolor{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{RGB}{0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0}% + {dup #5 mul exch dup #6 mul exch #7 mul}} + +\def\doPDFregistergrayindexcolor#1#2#3#4#5% name noffractions names p's s + {\doPDFregistersomeindexcolor{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{Gray}{0.0 1.0}% + {pop}} %D \macros %D {doPDFstartrotation,doPDFstoprotation} @@ -2911,6 +2946,8 @@ %D Transparency support (experimental): +\newif\ifPDFtransparencysupported + \def\PDFtransparancydictionary#1#2#3% type fraction extras {<</Type /ExtGState /ca #2 /CA #2 @@ -2920,8 +2957,6 @@ Exclusion\else Compatible\fi #3>>} -\newif\ifPDFtransparencysupported - \def\dodoPDFstarttransparency#1#2% {\presetPDFtransparency{#1}{#2}% \PDFcode{\PDFtransparencyidentifier\space gs }} @@ -3008,7 +3043,7 @@ \fi /Name (#2)}% \doPDFgetobjectreference{PDLN}{#1}\PDFobjectreference - \xdef\PDFtextlayers{\PDFtextlayers\space\PDFobjectreference}% + \xdef\PDFtextlayers{\PDFtextlayers\space\PDFobjectreference}% \doifelse{#3}\v!start {\xdef\PDFvidelayers{\PDFvidelayers\space\PDFobjectreference}}% {\xdef\PDFhidelayers{\PDFhidelayers\space\PDFobjectreference}}% diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-ini.tex index 33cae54dc..1f5a8975d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-ini.tex @@ -11,10 +11,11 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -\newif\ifsimplifyspecials \simplifyspecialstrue % see later - +% todo: make this one more plain so that i can use it in plain jobs % todo: no args, named vars instead -% maybe also drop multiple drivers and make simply the default, then simplier defs +% maybe also drop multiple drivers and make simplify the default, then simplier defs + +\newif\ifsimplifyspecials \simplifyspecialstrue % see later %D We will forbid loading specials after the first page is %D shipped out. @@ -658,4 +659,4 @@ \resetspecials\processcommacommand[#1]\dosetupoutput \fi} -\protect \endinput +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-mis.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-mis.tex index 49c7d40dd..948d8fcca 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-mis.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-mis.tex @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. %D Quite some modules in this group are dedicated to supporting %D \PDF\ directly by means of \PDFTEX or indirectly by using %D Acrobat Distiller. This module implements some common -%D features. +%D features. \writestatus{loading}{Context Special Macros / Miscellaneous Macros} @@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ %D \macros %D {URLhash} %D -%D A rather trivial macro: +%D A rather trivial macro: \expandafter\def\expandafter\URLhash\expandafter{\string#} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {ifusepagedestinations} -%D +%D %D In \PDF\ version 1.0 only page references were supported, %D while in \DVIWINDO\ 1.N only named references were accepted. %D Therefore \CONTEXT\ supports both methods of referencing. In @@ -38,55 +38,79 @@ %D therefore sometimes forces us to prefer page references. As %D a bonus, they are faster too and have no limitations. How %D fortunate we were having both mechanisms available when the -%D version 3.0 (\PDF\ version 1.2) viewers proved to be too -%D bugged to support named destinations. +%D version 3.0 (\PDF\ version 1.2) viewers proved to be too +%D bugged to support named destinations. \newif\ifusepagedestinations -%D \macros -%D {ifhighlighthyperlinks} -%D -%D The next switch can be used to make user hyperlinks are -%D not highlighted when clicked on. +%D \macros +%D {ifhighlighthyperlinks} +%D +%D The next switch can be used to make user hyperlinks are +%D not highlighted when clicked on. -\newif\ifhighlighthyperlinks +\newif\ifhighlighthyperlinks -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {ifgotonewwindow} -%D -%D To make the {\em goto previous jump} feature more -%D convenient when using more than one file, it makes sense -%D to force the viewer to open a new window for each file -%D opened. +%D +%D To make the {\em goto previous jump} feature more +%D convenient when using more than one file, it makes sense +%D to force the viewer to open a new window for each file +%D opened. -\newif\ifgotonewwindow +\newif\ifgotonewwindow -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {ifPDFstrokecolor} %D -%D We can reduce the filesize a bit by setting the next switch -%D to false. The amount of reduction depends on the use of -%D color, but don't expect more than a few percent. Zip -%D compression is already rather efficient in itself. +%D We can reduce the filesize a bit by setting the next switch +%D to false. The amount of reduction depends on the use of +%D color, but don't expect more than a few percent. Zip +%D compression is already rather efficient in itself. \newif\ifPDFstrokecolor \PDFstrokecolortrue -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {dodoinsertfile,dofileinsertion, %D definefileinsertion,doiffileinsertionsupported} -%D +%D %D File insertion depend on the driver or \TEX\ variant used. %D All driver modules use the same scheme for file insertion, -%D and therefore have the next macro in common: - -\def\dododoinsertfile[#1][#2,#3][#4,#5]% \next kan weg - {\def\fileinsertionclass{do#1insert}% - \doifdefinedelse{\fileinsertionclass#3} - {\def\next{\getvalue{\fileinsertionclass#3}}} - {\doifdefinedelse{\fileinsertionclass#2} - {\def\next{\getvalue{\fileinsertionclass#2}}} - {\def\next{\gobbleninearguments}}}% - \next{#4}{#5}} +%D and therefore have the next macro in common: + +% \def\dododoinsertfile[#1][#2,#3][#4,#5]% \next kan weg +% {\def\fileinsertionclass{do#1insert}% +% \doifdefinedelse{\fileinsertionclass#3} +% {\def\next{\getvalue{\fileinsertionclass#3}}} +% {\doifdefinedelse{\fileinsertionclass#2} +% {\def\next{\getvalue{\fileinsertionclass#2}}} +% {\def\next{\gobbleninearguments}}}% +% \next{#4}{#5}} +% +% more modern +% +% \def\dododoinsertfile[#1][#2,#3][#4,#5]% +% {\def\fileinsertionclass{do#1insert}% +% \doifdefinedelse{\fileinsertionclass#3} +% {\getvalue{\fileinsertionclass#3}} +% {\doifdefinedelse{\fileinsertionclass#2} +% {\getvalue{\fileinsertionclass#2}} +% {\gobbleninearguments}}% +% {#4}{#5}} +% +% more efficient +% +% \def\dododoinsertfile[#1][#2,#3][#4,#5]% +% {\def\fileinsertionclass{do#1insert}% +% \executeifdefined{\fileinsertionclass#3} +% {\executeifdefined{\fileinsertionclass#2}\gobbleninearguments}% +% {#4}{#5}} +% +% cleaner + +\def\dododoinsertfile[#1][#2,#3][#4,#5]% + {\executeifdefined{do#1insert#3}{\executeifdefined{do#1insert#2}\gobbleninearguments}{#4}{#5}} \def\dodoinsertfile#1#2#3% {\dododoinsertfile[#1][#2][#3]} @@ -107,18 +131,18 @@ \def\doiffileinsertionsupportedelse#1% {\ExpandBothAfter\doifinstringelse{#1}{\c!tex,\c!tmp,\supportedfileinsertions}} -%D This macro is called with 10 arguments, where the first +%D This macro is called with 10 arguments, where the first %D one specifies the driver, like \type{yy} or \type{tr}. The -%D second argument is a \type{{type,method}} pair and the -%D third the filename. +%D second argument is a \type{{type,method}} pair and the +%D third the filename. -%D Just in case this one is undefined (which can happen if -%D this module is used outside \CONTEXT): +%D Just in case this one is undefined (which can happen if +%D this module is used outside \CONTEXT): \ifx\setreferencefilename\undefined \def\setreferencefilename#1\to#2{\edef#2{#1}} - + \fi %D When submitting forms, we need to communicate the format. @@ -127,20 +151,20 @@ \def\setsubmitoutputformat#1% {\doifinsetelse{#1}{FDF,fdf} - {\chardef\submitoutputformat2} + {\chardef\submitoutputformat2} {\doifinsetelse{#1}{XML,xml} {\chardef\submitoutputformat3} {\chardef\submitoutputformat1}}% - \relax} + \relax} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {escapePSstring} %D -%D \starttypen -%D \escapePSstring(t\e\1st)))))\to\crap \crap -%D \stoptypen +%D \starttypen +%D \escapePSstring(t\e\1st)))))\to\crap \crap +%D \stoptypen -% testcase: webschrift met lege regels en unbalanced () +% testcase: webschrift met lege regels en unbalanced () \bgroup @@ -188,12 +212,26 @@ \def\par{\rawcharacter{12}\rawcharacter{12}}% \expanded{\egroup\noexpand\def\noexpand#2{#1}}} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {ifPDFunicode} -%D +%D %D We can use this switch to signal that content streams has -%D to be unicoded. +%D to be unicoded. \newif\ifPDFunicode -\protect \endinput +%D \macros +%D {makeMPintoPDFobject, handleMPfshow, setMPPDFobject, getMPPDFobject} +%D +%D \METAPOST\ support. + +\appendtoks + \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject\zerocount + \def\setMPPDFobject#1#2{\def\getMPPDFobject{\box#2}}% +\to \everyresetspecials + +\appendtoks + \let\handleMPfshow\dohandleMPfshow +\to \everyresetspecials + +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-ps.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-ps.tex index db9d82f53..df9097b08 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-ps.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-ps.tex @@ -219,6 +219,11 @@ \definespecial\dostopclipping {\special{\@@insertpostscriptliteral\space restore}} +%D Some MP stuff: + +\definespecial\doinsertMPfile#1% + {\doiffileelse{./#1}{\includeMPasEPS{./#1}}{\message{[MP #1]}}} + \stopspecials \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex index 10ab42ed3..224f7520e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex @@ -125,6 +125,8 @@ \pdfoptionpdfminorversion=5 +\def\PDFversion{1.\the\pdfoptionpdfminorversion}% + % %D Why are the Acrobat viewers so buggy? To prevent font cache % %D mismatches, we say: % @@ -243,7 +245,7 @@ \definespecial\dogetnofinsertpages#1% {\xdef\nofinsertpages{1}% global \doifvalidpdfimagefileelse{#1}% - {\pdfximage{#1}\xdef\nofinsertpages{\the\pdflastximagepages}} + {\pdfximage {#1}\xdef\nofinsertpages{\the\pdflastximagepages}} {}} %D Currently we support \type{pdf} for \PDF\ files, \type{mps} @@ -320,6 +322,7 @@ \ifdim#7>\zeropoint \!!width #7\fi \ifdim#8>\zeropoint \!!height #8\fi \pdfimagepagenumber +% \@@DriverImageBox {#1}% \xdef\PDFimagereference{\the\pdflastximage}% \xdef\nofinsertpages{\the\pdflastximagepages}% @@ -370,6 +373,8 @@ %D themselves have alternatives, especially cylcic %D dependencies. +\ifx\@@DriverImageBox\undefined \def\@@DriverImageBox{artbox} \fi + \ifnum\pdftexversion>13 \def\checkpdfimageattributes @@ -400,8 +405,9 @@ \the\everyPDFximage \checkpdfimagepagenumber{#3}% \checkpdfimageattributes - \global\setbox\foundexternalfigure\vbox - {\immediate\pdfximage \pdfimageattributes \pdfimagepagenumber{#2}% + \global\setbox\foundexternalfigure\hbox + {\immediate\pdfximage + \pdfimageattributes \pdfimagepagenumber \@@DriverImageBox {#2}% \xdef\PDFimagereference{\the\pdflastximage}% \xdef\nofinsertpages{\the\pdflastximagepages}% \pdfrefximage\pdflastximage}% @@ -419,19 +425,19 @@ \else -\def\dogetTPDfiguresize#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% - {\ifmeasureTPDfiguresize - #4\zeropoint - #5\zeropoint - \doifvalidpdfimagefileelse{#2} - {\global\setbox\foundexternalfigure\vbox{\pdfimage{#2}}% - #6\wd\foundexternalfigure - #7\ht\foundexternalfigure} - {#6\zeropoint - #7\zeropoint}% - \else - #1{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}% \normaldogetfiguresize... - \fi} + \def\dogetTPDfiguresize#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% + {\ifmeasureTPDfiguresize + #4\zeropoint + #5\zeropoint + \doifvalidpdfimagefileelse{#2} + {\global\setbox\foundexternalfigure\vbox{\pdfimage{#2}}% + #6\wd\foundexternalfigure + #7\ht\foundexternalfigure} + {#6\zeropoint + #7\zeropoint}% + \else + #1{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}% \normaldogetfiguresize... + \fi} \fi @@ -510,17 +516,77 @@ \definespecial\doregisterrgbspotcolor {\doPDFregisterrgbspotcolor} \definespecial\doregistergrayspotcolor{\doPDFregistergrayspotcolor} +\definespecial\doregistercmykindexcolor{\doPDFregistercmykindexcolor} +\definespecial\doregisterrgbindexcolor {\doPDFregisterrgbindexcolor} +\definespecial\doregistergrayindexcolor{\doPDFregistergrayindexcolor} + \definespecial\dostartnonecolormode{\doPDFstartnonecolormode} \definespecial\doregisternonecolor {\doPDFregisternonecolor} -\def\doPDFregistersomespotcolor#1#2#3#4% - {\immediate \pdfobj stream attr - {/FunctionType 4 /Domain [0.0 1.0] /Range #3}{#4}% +% \def\doPDFregistersomespotcolor#1#2#3#4% +% {\immediate \pdfobj stream attr +% {/FunctionType 4 /Domain [0.0 1.0] /Range #3}{#4}% +% \immediate \pdfobj +% {[/Separation /#1 /Device#2 \the\pdflastobj\space0 R]}% +% \dosetobjectreference{PDFCS}{#1}{\the\pdflastobj}% +% \appendtoPDFdocumentcolorspaces +% {/#1 \the\pdflastobj\space0 R}} + +\def\doPDFregistersomespotcolor#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% name fractions names p's space domain function + {\bgroup + \let\spotpops\empty + \ifcase#2\or + \def\PDFspotcolornames{/Separation /#1}% + \def\PDFspotcolordomain{0.0 1.0}% + \else + \dorecurse{#2}{\edef\spotpops{\spotpops pop }}% + \let\PDFspotcolornames \empty + \let\PDFspotcolordomain\empty + \def\dospotcolorcommand##1% + {\edef\PDFspotcolornames {\PDFspotcolornames/##1\space}% + \edef\PDFspotcolordomain{\PDFspotcolordomain 0.0 1.0\space}}% + \processcommacommand[#3]\dospotcolorcommand + \edef\PDFspotcolornames{/DeviceN [\PDFspotcolornames]}% + \fi + \immediate \pdfobj stream attr + {/FunctionType 4 /Domain [\PDFspotcolordomain] /Range [#6]}{{\spotpops#7}}% \immediate \pdfobj - {[/Separation /#1 /Device#2 \the\pdflastobj\space0 R]}% + {[\PDFspotcolornames\space /Device#5 \the\pdflastobj\space0 R]}% \dosetobjectreference{PDFCS}{#1}{\the\pdflastobj}% - \appendtoPDFdocumentcolorspaces - {/#1 \the\pdflastobj\space0 R}} + \appendtoPDFdocumentcolorspaces{/#1 \the\pdflastobj\space0 R}% + \egroup} + +%D New and very experimental. + +\def\doPDFregistersomeindexcolor#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% name fractions names p's space domain function + {\bgroup + \let\spotpops\empty + \dorecurse{#2}{\edef\spotpops{\spotpops exch pop\space}}% + \let\PDFspotcolornames \empty + \let\PDFspotcolordomain\empty + \def\docommand##1% + {\edef\PDFspotcolornames {\PDFspotcolornames/##1\space}% + \edef\PDFspotcolordomain{\PDFspotcolordomain 0.0 1.0\space}}% + \processcommacommand[#3,None]\docommand + \let\PDFcolorindexvector\empty + \def\docommand##1% + {\scratchdimen##1\points + \scratchdimen\recurselevel\scratchdimen + \scratchcounter\scratchdimen + \divide\scratchcounter \maxcard + \edef\PDFcolorindexvector{\PDFcolorindexvector\uchexnumbers\scratchcounter}}% + \dostepwiserecurse\zerocount{255}\plusone + {\rawprocesscommacommand[#4,1]\docommand + \xdef\PDFcolorindexvector{\PDFcolorindexvector\space}}% + \immediate \pdfobj stream attr + {/FunctionType 4 /Domain [\PDFspotcolordomain] /Range [#6]}{{\spotpops#7}}% + \immediate \pdfobj + {[/Indexed + [/DeviceN [\PDFspotcolornames] /Device#5 \the\pdflastobj\space0 R] % + 255 <\PDFcolorindexvector>]}% + \dosetobjectreference{PDFIX}{#1}{\the\pdflastobj}% + \appendtoPDFdocumentcolorspaces{/#1_INDEXED \the\pdflastobj\space0 R}% + \egroup} %D \macros %D {dostarttransparency,dostoptransparency} @@ -535,7 +601,9 @@ \def\@@PDT{@PDT@} -\newcount\PDFcurrenttransparency \PDFcurrenttransparency=0 % -1 +\ifx\PDFcurrenttransparency\undefined + \newcount\PDFcurrenttransparency \PDFcurrenttransparency=0 % -1 +\fi \def\assignPDFtransparency#1#2% {\def\PDFtransparencyidentifier{/Tr#1}% @@ -1140,11 +1208,13 @@ \def\doPDFdictionaryobject class #1 name #2 data #3% {\flushatshipout - {\immediate\pdfobj{<< #3 >>}\dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{\the\pdflastobj}}} + {\immediate\pdfobj{<< #3 >>}% + \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{\the\pdflastobj}}} \def\doPDFarrayobject class #1 name #2 data #3% {\flushatshipout - {\immediate\pdfobj{[ #3 ]}\dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{\the\pdflastobj}}} + {\immediate\pdfobj{[ #3 ]}% + \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{\the\pdflastobj}}} %D \macros %D {defaultobjectreference,doPDFgetobjectreference} @@ -1234,6 +1304,28 @@ \definespecial\dostartfonteffect{\doPDFstartfonteffect} \definespecial\dostopfonteffect {\doPDFstopfonteffect} +%D Some MP stuff: + +\let\handleMPfshow\dohandleMPfshow % default anyway + +\ifnum\pdftexversion<14 + + \def\setMPPDFobject#1#2% resources boxnumber + {\def\getMPPDFobject{\box#2}} + +\else + + \def\setMPPDFobject#1#2% resources boxnumber + {\immediate\pdfxform resources{#1}#2% + \edef\getMPPDFobject{\noexpand\pdfrefxform\the\pdflastxform}} + +\fi + +\let\getMPPDFobject\relax + +\definespecial\doinsertMPfile#1% + {\doiffileelse{./#1}{\includeMPasPDF{./#1}}{\message{[MP #1]}}} + %D Now we can finish this module. \stopspecials diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-tr.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-tr.tex index 3a3f51ab9..fcf2d6727 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-tr.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-tr.tex @@ -62,6 +62,11 @@ \dodoinsertfile{tr}{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}{#9}% \egroup} +%D Some MP stuff: + +\definespecial\doinsertMPfile#1% + {\doiffileelse{./#1}{\includeMPasEPS{./#1}}{\message{[MP #1]}}} + %D \macros %D {dostartrotation} %D diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-var.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-var.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..390e178c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-var.tex @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=spec-var, +%D version=2003.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Special Macros, +%D subtitle=Variables, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D This module used to be integrated in \type {spec-ini}, +%D but testing optimization is more convenient this way. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Special Macros / Variables} + +% new approach, 'global' variables, since we run out of +% arguments + +\unprotect + +\ifx\undefined\@@DriverFieldName + + \letempty \@@DriverFieldName + \letempty \@@DriverFieldWidth + \letempty \@@DriverFieldHeight + \letempty \@@DriverFieldDefault + \letempty \@@DriverFieldNumber + \letempty \@@DriverFieldNumber + \letempty \@@DriverFieldStyle + \letempty \@@DriverFieldColor + \letempty \@@DriverFieldBackgroundColor + \letempty \@@DriverFieldFrameColor + \letempty \@@DriverFieldLayer + \letempty \@@DriverFieldOption + \letempty \@@DriverFieldAlign + \letempty \@@DriverFieldClickIn + \letempty \@@DriverFieldClickOut + \letempty \@@DriverFieldRegionIn + \letempty \@@DriverFieldRegionOut + \letempty \@@DriverFieldAfterKey + \letempty \@@DriverFieldFormat + \letempty \@@DriverFieldValidate + \letempty \@@DriverFieldCalculate + \letempty \@@DriverFieldFocusIn + \letempty \@@DriverFieldFocusOut + +\fi + +\ifx\undefined\@@DriverCommentLayer + + \letempty \@@DriverCommentLayer + +\fi + +\ifx\undefined\@@DriverAttachmentLayer + + \letempty \@@DriverAttachmentLayer + +\fi + +\ifx\undefined\@@DriverImageBox + + \letempty \@@DriverImageBox + +\fi + +\protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex index 847e76167..1d305dded 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ \futurelet\nextph@nt\doph@nt} \def\makeph@nt#1#2#3% - {\begingroup + {\begingroup % why no \bgroup \dowithnextbox {\setbox\scratchbox\null \ht\scratchbox\ht#1\dp\scratchbox\dp#2\wd\scratchbox\wd#3% @@ -909,6 +909,8 @@ %D These macros are slow but effective and not that hard to %D program at all. +\ifx\scantokens\undefined \let\scantokens\firstofoneargument \fi + \def\dohyphenateword#1#2#3% {\bgroup \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox @@ -917,13 +919,15 @@ \hyphenpenalty \zerocount \exhyphenpenalty\zerocount \setbox0\normalvbox - {\hsize\zeropoint \space + {\hsize\zeropoint + \hskip\zeropoint % really needed \ifnum#1=\minusone \obeyspaces \obeylines \def\obeyedspace{\hskip\zeropoint\hbox to \onepoint{}\hskip\zeropoint}% \let\obeyedline \obeyedspace - \def\next{#3}\scantokens{\next}% + \def\next{#3}\scantokens\expandafter{\next}% + % also ok: \scantokens{#3}% \else #3% \fi}% @@ -1564,6 +1568,7 @@ \newif\ifalignrigidcolumns \newif\ifstretchrigidcolumns +\newif\iftightrigidcolumns % if true: just a vbox, no depth/noflines/gridsnap corrrections %D De eerste switch bepaald het uitlijnen, de tweede rekt de %D individuele kolommen op naar \type{\vsize}. @@ -1605,23 +1610,28 @@ \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox to \savedrigidhsize {\dorecurse\rigidcolumns {\setbox\scratchbox\vsplit\rigidcolumnbox to \scratchdimen - \dp\scratchbox\openstrutdepth + \dp\scratchbox\openstrutdepth \setbox\scratchbox\normalvtop - \ifalignrigidcolumns to - \ifstretchrigidcolumns\vsize\else\scratchdimen\fi - \fi + \ifalignrigidcolumns to + \ifstretchrigidcolumns\vsize\else\scratchdimen\fi + \fi {\unvbox\scratchbox}% \wd\scratchbox\hsize \box\scratchbox \hfill}% \hfillneg}% - \advance\scratchdimen -\openstrutdepth - \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\raise\scratchdimen\box\scratchbox}% - \dp\scratchbox\openstrutdepth - \ht\scratchbox\scratchdimen + \iftightrigidcolumns + \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\raise\dp\scratchbox\box\scratchbox}% + \else + \advance\scratchdimen -\openstrutdepth + \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\raise\scratchdimen\box\scratchbox}% + \dp\scratchbox\openstrutdepth + \ht\scratchbox\scratchdimen + \fi \box\scratchbox}% \fi} + %D \macros %D {startvboxtohbox,stopvboxtohbox,convertvboxtohbox} %D @@ -2023,14 +2033,16 @@ %D middle and right. These box types can be used to typeset %D paragraphs. -\def\lbox{\lrcbox\raggedleft} -\def\cbox{\lrcbox\raggedcenter} -\def\rbox{\lrcbox\raggedright} +\def\lbox{\makelrcbox\normalvbox\raggedleft} +\def\cbox{\makelrcbox\normalvbox\raggedcenter} +\def\rbox{\makelrcbox\normalvbox\raggedright} + +\def\ltop{\makelrcbox\normalvtop\raggedleft} +\def\ctop{\makelrcbox\normalvtop\raggedcenter} +\def\rtop{\makelrcbox\normalvtop\raggedright} -\def\lrcbox#1#2#% - {\normalvbox#2\bgroup - \let\\=\endgraf - \forgetall#1\let\next=} +\def\makelrcbox#1#2#3#% + {#1#3\bgroup \forgetall \let\\=\endgraf #2\let\next=} %D The alternatives \type {\tbox} and \type {\bbox} can be used %D to properly align boxes, like in: @@ -2309,6 +2321,29 @@ \def\middlebox#1% {\normalhbox{\setbox0\placedbox{#1}\boxoffset=-.5\wd0\rightbox{\box0}}} + +\def\baselinemiddlebox#1% + {\normalhbox + {\setbox0\placedbox{#1}% + \global\boxhdisplacement-.5\wd0 + \global\advance\boxhdisplacement-\boxoffset + \global\boxvdisplacement-\boxoffset + \boxcursor\hskip\boxhdisplacement\raise-\boxvdisplacement\box0}} + +\def\baselineleftbox#1% + {\normalhbox + {\setbox0\placedbox{#1}% + \global\boxhdisplacement-\wd0 + \global\advance\boxhdisplacement-\boxoffset + \global\boxvdisplacement-\boxoffset + \boxcursor\hskip\boxhdisplacement\raise-\boxvdisplacement\box0}} + +\def\baselinerightbox#1% + {\normalhbox + {\setbox0\placedbox{#1}% + \global\boxhdisplacement\boxoffset + \global\boxvdisplacement-\boxoffset + \boxcursor\hskip\boxhdisplacement\raise-\boxvdisplacement\box0}} %D \macros %D {toplinebox} @@ -2640,9 +2675,10 @@ %D And even rawer: -\let\naturalhbox \normalhbox -\let\naturalvbox \normalvbox -%let\naturalvtop \normalvtop +\let\naturalhbox \normalhbox +\let\naturalvbox \normalvbox +\let\naturalvtop \normalvtop +\let\naturalvcenter \normalvtop \beginOMEGA dir diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex index b5df1e20c..fe96069ae 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex @@ -183,12 +183,14 @@ \catcode`\/=\@@active \catcode`\:=\@@active \catcode`\~=\@@active +\catcode`\_=\@@active \gdef\sanitizefilename#1\to#2% {\bgroup \edef/{\string/}% \edef:{\string:}% \edef~{\string~}% + \edef_{\string_}% \expanded{\xdef\noexpand\sanitizedfilename{#1}}% \egroup % maybe \convertcommand\sanitizedfilename\to#2% diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-mat.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-mat.tex index 66357407c..682fe59f7 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-mat.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-mat.tex @@ -8,11 +8,11 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -%D For practical reasons, I decided to move some math things to -%D a support module. There is nothing spectacular here. +%D For practical reasons, I decided to move some math things to +%D a support module. There is nothing spectacular here. \writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Math} @@ -20,33 +20,32 @@ %D \macros %D {mathematics, math, nomathematics, startmathmode} -%D +%D %D The \type{$} can be both an begin and end math character. %D This can lead to confusing and errorprone situations when -%D macros insert \type{$}. When for instance we have defined: -%D +%D macros insert \type{$}. When for instance we have defined: +%D %D \starttypen %D \def\MyPlus{$\,+\,$} %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D the sequence \type{$x^2 \MyPlus y^2 = r^2$} will expand to: -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D $x^2 $\,+\,$ y^2 = r^2$ %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D Here the \type{\,} are given outside math mode and \TEX\ will -%D definitely complain about this. A more save definition would -%D have been: -%D +%D definitely complain about this. A more save definition would +%D have been: +%D %D \starttypen %D \def\MyPlus{\mathematics{\,+\,}} %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D Which is implemented as: -\def\mathematics#1% - {\ifmmode#1\else$#1$\fi} +\def\mathematics#1{\relax\ifmmode#1\else$#1$\fi} % lookahead bug reported by brooks \def\startmathmode {\ifmmode @@ -64,11 +63,11 @@ %D {dimension, nodimension} %D %D The next few macros are used for typesetting dimensions in -%D such a way that spacing is acceptable. I won't spend much -%D words on these macros, because they will be overloaded in +%D such a way that spacing is acceptable. I won't spend much +%D words on these macros, because they will be overloaded in %D the units module. -\newsignal\dimensionsignal +\newsignal\dimensionsignal \def\dimensiontypeface {\tf} \def\dimensionhalfspace {\,} @@ -98,13 +97,13 @@ %D \macros %D {super, suber} %D -%D \TEX\ uses \type{^} and \type{_} for entering super- and -%D subscript mode. We want however a bit more control than -%D normally provided, and therefore provide \type {\super} -%D and \type{\suber} (\type {\sub} is already taken). +%D \TEX\ uses \type{^} and \type{_} for entering super- and +%D subscript mode. We want however a bit more control than +%D normally provided, and therefore provide \type {\super} +%D and \type{\suber} (\type {\sub} is already taken). -\global\let\normalsuper=^ -\global\let\normalsuber=_ +\global\let\normalsuper=^ +\global\let\normalsuber=_ \newcount\supersubmode @@ -114,10 +113,10 @@ % \def\dodosuper#1{\normalsuper{\the\everysupersub#1}} % \def\dodosuber#1{\normalsuber{\the\everysupersub#1}} -% +% % \def\dosuper{\ifx\next\bgroup\expandafter\dodosuper\else\normalsuper\fi} % \def\dosuber{\ifx\next\bgroup\expandafter\dodosuber\else\normalsuber\fi} -% +% % \def\super{\futurelet\next\dosuper} % \def\suber{\futurelet\next\dosuber} @@ -126,9 +125,9 @@ %D \macros %D {enablesupsub} -%D -%D We can let \type {^} and \type {_} act like \type {\super} -%D and \type {\suber} by saying \type {\enablesupsub}. +%D +%D We can let \type {^} and \type {_} act like \type {\super} +%D and \type {\suber} by saying \type {\enablesupsub}. \bgroup \catcode`\^=\@@active @@ -143,7 +142,7 @@ %D \macro %D {restoremathstyle} %D -%D We can pick up the current math style by calling \type +%D We can pick up the current math style by calling \type %D {\restoremathstyle}. \def\restoremathstyle diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-mpe.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-mpe.tex index d2c8e5b6b..497f077e6 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-mpe.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-mpe.tex @@ -216,8 +216,11 @@ \def\normalhandleMPgraycolor {{\checkPDFMPstrokecolor\execcolorS\gMPa1:0:0\od}} - \def\normalhandleMPspotcolor - {{\checkPDFMPstrokecolor\execcolorP\gMPa1:\gMPa2:0:0\od}} +% \def\normalhandleMPspotcolor +% {{\checkPDFMPstrokecolor\execcolorP\gMPa1:\gMPa2:0:0\od}} + + \def\normalhandleMPspotcolor % ??? + {{\checkPDFMPstrokecolor\execcolorP\gMPa1:\gMPa2:\gMPa3:\gMPa4:0:0\od}} \fi @@ -597,17 +600,17 @@ \fi \or % 3 = rgb transparency - % to do + % to do \or % 4 == cmyk transparency - % \ifMPcmykcolors - % to do - % \fi + % \ifMPcmykcolors + % to do + % \fi \or % 5 == spot transparency - % \ifMPspotcolors - % to do - % \fi + % \ifMPspotcolors + % to do + % \fi \fi \else \ifx\tempMPrvalue\tempMPgvalue @@ -738,9 +741,9 @@ {\immediate\pdfximage\!!width\onebasepoint\!!height\onebasepoint{#7}% \setxvalue{mps:x:#7}{\pdfrefximage\the\pdflastximage}}% {\message{[reusing figure #7]}}% - \pdfliteral{q #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 cm}% + \PDFcode{q #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 cm}% \rlap{\getvalue{mps:x:#7}}% - \pdfliteral{Q}} + \PDFcode{Q}} {\message{[unknown figure #7]}}% \fi \hss}}} @@ -846,19 +849,38 @@ % \setxvalue{\@@MPSP\gMPs1}{\gMPs2 \gMPs3 }% % \fi} +% \defineMPspecial{2} +% {\ifMPspotcolors +% \setxvalue{\@@MPSP\gMPs1}{\gMPs2 \gMPs3 }% +% \checkMPspot{\gMPs2}{\gMPs3}% +% \fi} +% +% \def\setMPspot#1 #2 % +% {\setvalue{\@@MP01}{#1}% +% \setvalue{\@@MP02}{#2}} +% +% \def\checkMPspot#1#2% +% {\expanded{\resolveMPspotcolor#1 #2}\end +% \ifx\MPspotspace\MPresolvedspace +% \edef\MPspotspacespec{/\MPspotspace\space}% +% \doifinstringelse\MPspotspacespec\currentMPcolorspaces +% \donothing\registerMPcolorspace +% \fi} \defineMPspecial{2} {\ifMPspotcolors - \setxvalue{\@@MPSP\gMPs1}{\gMPs2 \gMPs3 }% - \checkMPspot{\gMPs2}{\gMPs3}% + \setxvalue{\@@MPSP\gMPs1}{\gMPs2 \gMPs3 \gMPs4 \gMPs5 }% space is essential + \checkMPspot{\gMPs2}{\gMPs3}{\gMPs4}{\gMPs5}% \fi} -\def\setMPspot#1 #2 % +\def\setMPspot#1 #2 #3 #4 % {\setvalue{\@@MP01}{#1}% - \setvalue{\@@MP02}{#2}} + \setvalue{\@@MP02}{#2}% + \setvalue{\@@MP03}{#3}% + \setvalue{\@@MP04}{#4}} -\def\checkMPspot#1#2% - {\expanded{\resolveMPspotcolor#1 #2}\end +\def\checkMPspot#1#2#3#4% + {\expanded{\resolveMPspotcolor#1 #2 #3 #4}\end \ifx\MPspotspace\MPresolvedspace \edef\MPspotspacespec{/\MPspotspace\space}% \doifinstringelse\MPspotspacespec\currentMPcolorspaces @@ -976,16 +998,32 @@ \edef\PDFtransparencyreference {#2}% \edef\PDFtransparencycolorspecs{#3}} -\def\PDFtransparencyspec +% \def\PDFtransparencyspec +% {\ifx\MPresolvedspace\MPgrayspace +% \MPresolvedcolor\space g \MPresolvedcolor\space G% +% \else\ifx\MPresolvedspace\MPrgbspace +% \MPresolvedcolor\space rg \MPresolvedcolor\space RG% +% \else\ifx\MPresolvedspace\MPcmykspace +% \MPresolvedcolor\space k \MPresolvedcolor\space K% +% \else\ifx\MPresolvedspace\empty\else +% /\MPresolvedspace\space cs \MPresolvedcolor\space sc +% /\MPresolvedspace\space CS \MPresolvedcolor\space SC% +% \fi\fi\fi\fi} + +\def\PDFtransparencyspec % todo {\ifx\MPresolvedspace\MPgrayspace - \MPresolvedcolor\space g \MPresolvedcolor\space G% + \MPresolvedcolor\space g + \MPresolvedcolor\space G% \else\ifx\MPresolvedspace\MPrgbspace - \MPresolvedcolor\space rg \MPresolvedcolor\space RG% + \MPresolvedcolor\space rg + \MPresolvedcolor\space RG% \else\ifx\MPresolvedspace\MPcmykspace - \MPresolvedcolor\space k \MPresolvedcolor\space K% + \MPresolvedcolor\space k + \MPresolvedcolor\space K% \else\ifx\MPresolvedspace\empty\else - /\MPresolvedspace\space cs \MPresolvedcolor\space sc - /\MPresolvedspace\space CS \MPresolvedcolor\space SC% + /\MPresolvedspace\space cs + /\MPresolvedspace\space CS + \PDFgetspotcolorspec\MPresolvedcolor \fi\fi\fi\fi} \defineMPspecial{3} % rgb @@ -1008,25 +1046,20 @@ {\PDFtransparencyreference}% {\PDFtransparencyspec}}} -%\defineMPspecial{5} % spot -% {\edef\currentMPspecial{\gMPs5}% -% \presetPDFtransparency{\gMPs1}{\gMPs2}% -% \expanded{\resolveMPspotcolor\gMPs3 \gMPs4}\end -% \ifx\MPspotspace\MPresolvedspace -% \edef\MPspotspacespec{/\MPspotspace\space}% -% \doifinstringelse\MPspotspacespec\currentMPcolorspaces -% \donothing\registerMPcolorspace -% \fi -% \setevalue{\@@MPST\currentMPspecial}% was \setxvalue, bug ! -% {\noexpand\assignMPStransparency -% {\PDFtransparencyidentifier}% -% {\PDFtransparencyreference}% -% {\PDFtransparencyspec}}} +% \defineMPspecial{5} % spot +% {\edef\currentMPspecial{\gMPs5}% +% \presetPDFtransparency{\gMPs1}{\gMPs2}% +% \checkMPspot{\gMPs3}{\gMPs4}% +% \setevalue{\@@MPST\currentMPspecial}% was \setxvalue, bug ! +% {\noexpand\assignMPStransparency +% {\PDFtransparencyidentifier}% +% {\PDFtransparencyreference}% +% {\PDFtransparencyspec}}} \defineMPspecial{5} % spot - {\edef\currentMPspecial{\gMPs5}% + {\edef\currentMPspecial{\gMPs7}% \presetPDFtransparency{\gMPs1}{\gMPs2}% - \checkMPspot{\gMPs3}{\gMPs4}% + \checkMPspot{\gMPs3}{\gMPs4}{\gMPs5}{\gMPs6}% \setevalue{\@@MPST\currentMPspecial}% was \setxvalue, bug ! {\noexpand\assignMPStransparency {\PDFtransparencyidentifier}% @@ -1247,9 +1280,17 @@ \execcolorS#1:0:0\od \stopMPcolorresolve} - \def\resolveMPspotcolor#1 #2\end +% \def\resolveMPspotcolor#1 #2\end +% {\startMPcolorresolve +% \execcolorP#1:#2:0:0\od +% \stopMPcolorresolve} + + \def\resolveMPspotcolor#1 #2 #3 #4\end {\startMPcolorresolve - \execcolorP#1:#2:0:0\od + \ifnum#2>\plusone + \checkmultitonecolor{#1}% + \fi + \execcolorP#1:#2:#3:#4:0:0\od \stopMPcolorresolve} \else diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-mps.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-mps.tex index cd795eca2..26c9d37fe 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-mps.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-mps.tex @@ -791,8 +791,7 @@ \fi \def\loadMPgraphic#1#2% - {\setbox\MPgraphicbox=\hbox - {\ifinsertMPgraphics\insertMPfile{#1}{#2}\fi}} + {\setbox\MPgraphicbox\hbox{\ifinsertMPgraphics\insertMPfile{#1}{#2}\fi}} \def\MPllx{0} \def\MPlly{0} @@ -1151,7 +1150,7 @@ \endlinechar=-1 \setMPspecials \obeyMPspecials - \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox + \setbox\scratchbox\hbox {\hskip-\maxdimen \doprocessfile\scratchread{#1}\handleMPfont}% \smashbox\scratchbox @@ -1614,12 +1613,14 @@ {\globallet\MPdrawingdata\empty \global\MPdrawingdonefalse} +% why global push/pop here? + \def\pushMPdrawing - {\pushmacro\MPdrawingdata + {\globalpushmacro\MPdrawingdata \globallet\MPdrawingdata\empty} \def\popMPdrawing - {\popmacro\MPdrawingdata} + {\globalpopmacro\MPdrawingdata} \def\getMPdrawing {\ifMPdrawingdone diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex index e5a9dc371..718963cd2 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex @@ -223,24 +223,24 @@ % \newif\ifPDFmediaboxprefered -% \def\setPDFboundingbox#1#2#3#4#5#6% -% {\dimen0=#1\dimen0=#5\dimen0 -% \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{\number\dimen0}\PDFxoffset -% \dimen0=#3\dimen0=#5\dimen0 -% \xdef\PDFwidth{\the\dimen0}% -% \dimen0=#2\dimen0=#6\dimen0 -% \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{\number\dimen0}\PDFyoffset -% \dimen0=#4\dimen0=#6\dimen0 -% \xdef\PDFheight{\the\dimen0}% -% \global\let\PDFxoffset\PDFxoffset -% \global\let\PDFyoffset\PDFyoffset} - -% \def\setPDFmediabox#1[#2 #3 #4 #5]#6\done -% {\dimen2=#2bp\dimen2=-\dimen2 % \dimen2=-#2bp also works since tex handles -- -% \dimen4=#3bp\dimen4=-\dimen4 % \dimen4=-#3bp also works since tex handles -- -% \dimen6=#4bp\advance\dimen6 \dimen2 -% \dimen8=#5bp\advance\dimen8 \dimen4 -% \setPDFboundingbox{\dimen2}{\dimen4}{\dimen6}{\dimen8}\PDFxscale\PDFyscale} +\def\setPDFboundingbox#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\dimen0=#1\dimen0=#5\dimen0 + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{\number\dimen0}\PDFxoffset + \dimen0=#3\dimen0=#5\dimen0 + \xdef\PDFwidth{\the\dimen0}% + \dimen0=#2\dimen0=#6\dimen0 + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{\number\dimen0}\PDFyoffset + \dimen0=#4\dimen0=#6\dimen0 + \xdef\PDFheight{\the\dimen0}% + \global\let\PDFxoffset\PDFxoffset + \global\let\PDFyoffset\PDFyoffset} + +\def\setPDFmediabox#1[#2 #3 #4 #5]#6\done + {\dimen2=#2bp\dimen2=-\dimen2 % \dimen2=-#2bp also works since tex handles -- + \dimen4=#3bp\dimen4=-\dimen4 % \dimen4=-#3bp also works since tex handles -- + \dimen6=#4bp\advance\dimen6 \dimen2 + \dimen8=#5bp\advance\dimen8 \dimen4 + \setPDFboundingbox{\dimen2}{\dimen4}{\dimen6}{\dimen8}\PDFxscale\PDFyscale} % \def\checkPDFmediabox#1/MediaBox#2#3\done % {\ifx#2\relax \else @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ \let\MPfshowcommand\empty -\def\handleMPfshow +\def\dohandleMPfshow {\bgroup \setbox\scratchbox\hbox {\obeyMPspecials @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ \fi \unskip}}% % - % this fails in latest pdftex's + % this fails in some versions of pdftex % % \dimen0=\lastMPmoveY bp % \advance\dimen0 by \ht0 @@ -959,6 +959,8 @@ \box\scratchbox \egroup} +\let\handleMPfshow\dohandleMPfshow % so we can overload this one later + %D You could consider the following definition to be the most %D natural one. @@ -1834,7 +1836,9 @@ %D The last object number used is avaliable in the macro %D \type {\lastPDFMPobject}. -\chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject=0 \def\lastPDFMPobject{0} +\ifx\makeMPintoPDFobject\undefined \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject=0 \fi + +\def\lastPDFMPobject{0} %D The additional code needed can be made available in the %D (global) macro \type {\currentPDFresources}. @@ -1936,18 +1940,6 @@ \def\finishMPgraphic {\stopMPresources \egroup - % we go simple when in doubt, this macro will get a proper - % context counterpart so that we can also cover dvipdfmx - \ifx\pdfxform\undefined - \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject\zerocount % no pdftex at all - \else\ifx\pdftexversion\undefined - \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject\zerocount % no pdftex at all - \else\ifnum\pdftexversion<14 - \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject\zerocount % no resource support - \fi\fi\fi - \ifcase\makeMPintoPDFobject\or\or\ifx\currentPDFresources\empty\else - \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject\plusone - \fi\fi \setbox\scratchbox\vbox {\forgetall \hbox @@ -1957,35 +1949,60 @@ \ht\scratchbox\MPheight \wd\scratchbox\MPwidth \dp\scratchbox\zeropoint\relax + \dopackageMPgraphic\scratchbox + \egroup + \endinput} + +%D Alternative for \PDFTEX. We cannot come up with something more contexy +%D because this module is also used in \LATEX. + +\def\dopackageMPgraphic#1% #1 = boxregister + {%\ifx\pdfxform\undefined + % \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject\zerocount % no pdftex at all + %\else\ifx\pdftexversion\undefined + % \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject\zerocount % no pdftex at all + %\else\ifnum\pdftexversion<14 + % \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject\zerocount % no resource support + %\else + % % keep the default value + %\fi\fi\fi + \ifcase\makeMPintoPDFobject\or\or\ifx\currentPDFresources\empty\else + % an existing value of 2 signals object support (set elsewhere) + \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject\plusone + \fi\fi \ifcase\makeMPintoPDFobject - \box\scratchbox + \box#1% \or \scratchdimen\PDFMPformoffset\relax \ifdim\scratchdimen>\zeropoint % compensate for error - \setbox\scratchbox\vbox spread 2\scratchdimen - {\forgetall - \vss - \hbox spread 2\scratchdimen - {\hss - \box\scratchbox - \hss}% - \vss}% + \setbox#1\vbox spread 2\scratchdimen + {\forgetall\vss\hbox spread 2\scratchdimen{\hss\box#1\hss}\vss}% \fi - \immediate\pdfxform resources{\currentPDFresources}\scratchbox - \xdef\lastPDFMPobject{\the\pdflastxform}% + \setMPPDFobject{\currentPDFresources}{#1}% \ifdim\scratchdimen>\zeropoint % compensate for error \vbox to \MPheight - {\forgetall - \vss\hbox to \MPwidth{\hss\pdfrefxform\lastPDFMPobject\hss}\vss}% + {\forgetall\vss\hbox to \MPwidth{\hss\getMPPDFobject\hss}\vss}% \else - \pdfrefxform\lastPDFMPobject + \getMPPDFobject \fi \global\let\currentPDFresources\empty \else - \box\scratchbox - \fi - \egroup - \endinput} + \box#1% + \fi} + +\def\setMPPDFobject#1#2% resources boxnumber + {\ifx\pdfxform\undefined + \def\getMPPDFobject{\box#2}% + \else\ifx\pdftexversion\undefined + \def\getMPPDFobject{\box#2}% + \else\ifnum\pdftexversion<14 + \def\getMPPDFobject{\box#2}% + \else + \immediate\pdfxform resources{#1}#2% + \edef\getMPPDFobject{\noexpand\pdfrefxform\the\pdflastxform}% + \fi\fi\fi} + +\let\getMPPDFobject\relax %D \macros %D {deleteMPgraphic, diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-vis.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-vis.tex index 93bb5126e..a3545bfc5 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-vis.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-vis.tex @@ -736,9 +736,9 @@ \def\setvisiblehfilbox#1\to#2#3#4% {\setbox#1\normalhbox {\visualvrule - \!!width#2\testrulewidth + \!!width #2\testrulewidth \!!height#3\testrulewidth - \!!depth#4\testrulewidth}% + \!!depth #4\testrulewidth}% \smashbox#1} \def\doruledhfiller#1#2#3#4% @@ -846,9 +846,9 @@ \def\setvisiblevfilbox#1\to#2#3#4% {\setbox#1\normalhbox {\visualvrule - \!!width#2\testrulewidth + \!!width #2\testrulewidth \!!height#3\testrulewidth - \!!depth#4\testrulewidth}% + \!!depth #4\testrulewidth}% \smashbox#1}% \def\doruledvfiller#1#2#3% @@ -907,20 +907,11 @@ %D Keep in mind that \type{\vfillneg} is not part of \PLAIN\ %D \TEX, but are mimmicked by a macro. -\unexpanded\def\ruledvss - {\doruledvfiller\normalvss\normalvfilneg{2}} - -\unexpanded\def\ruledvfil - {\doruledvfiller\normalvfil\normalvfilneg{-4}} - -\unexpanded\def\ruledvfill - {\doruledvfiller\normalvfill\normalvfillneg{-12}} - -\unexpanded\def\ruledvfilneg - {\doruledvfiller\normalvfilneg\normalvfil{8}} - -\unexpanded\def\ruledvfillneg - {\doruledvfiller\normalvfillneg\normalvfill{16}} +\unexpanded\def\ruledvss {\doruledvfiller\normalvss \normalvfilneg {2}} +\unexpanded\def\ruledvfil {\doruledvfiller\normalvfil \normalvfilneg {-4}} +\unexpanded\def\ruledvfill {\doruledvfiller\normalvfill \normalvfillneg{-12}} +\unexpanded\def\ruledvfilneg {\doruledvfiller\normalvfilneg \normalvfil {8}} +\unexpanded\def\ruledvfillneg{\doruledvfiller\normalvfillneg\normalvfill {16}} %D \macros %D {ruledhskip} @@ -1584,11 +1575,8 @@ \def\setruledpenaltybox#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\setbox#1\normalhbox {\ifnum#2=0 \else - \ifnum#2>0 - \def\sign{+}% - \else - \def\sign{-}% - \fi + \edef\sign + {\ifnum#2>0 +\else-\fi}% \dimen0=\ifnum\sign#2>9999 28\else \ifnum\sign#2>999 @@ -1916,4 +1904,4 @@ %D lines in this two column index don't allign, then this is %D due to some still unknown interference. -\endinput +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-con.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-con.tex index a2f2a949e..0db485c7a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/syst-con.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-con.tex @@ -152,6 +152,28 @@ 370\or 371\or 372\or 373\or 374\or 375\or 376\or 377\fi} %D \macros +%D {hexstringtonumber} +%D +%D This macro converts a two character hexadecimal number into +%D a decimal number, thereby taking care of lowercase characters +%D as well. + +\dostepwiserecurse{0}{9}{1}{\setevalue{@@uc@@\recurselevel}{\recurselevel}} + +\setvalue{@@uc@@a}{A} \setvalue{@@uc@@A}{A} +\setvalue{@@uc@@b}{B} \setvalue{@@uc@@B}{B} +\setvalue{@@uc@@c}{C} \setvalue{@@uc@@C}{C} +\setvalue{@@uc@@d}{D} \setvalue{@@uc@@D}{D} +\setvalue{@@uc@@e}{E} \setvalue{@@uc@@E}{E} +\setvalue{@@uc@@f}{F} \setvalue{@@uc@@F}{F} + +\def\hexstringtonumber#1% {FF} + {\dohexstringtonumber#1} + +\def\dohexstringtonumber#1#2% FF + {"\csname @@uc@@#1\endcsname\csname @@uc@@#2\endcsname} + +%D \macros %D {rawcharacter} %D %D This conversion macro produces raw characters. We have to diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-etx.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-etx.tex index d2821de7e..ba5fc0f3f 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/syst-etx.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-etx.tex @@ -200,7 +200,9 @@ %D But, for critical editions, we may need many more, so %D here we go again: -\chardef\@@insallocation=16 % 24 +\chardef\@@insallocation=24 +\chardef\@@insallocation=16 +\chardef\@@insallocation=8 %D My low level allocation macro now comes down to: diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex index a613847f5..5cfe86d83 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ %D A raw and dirty alternative for \type {\getparameters}; no %D checking is done! -\def\rawgetparameters[#1][#2]% scheelt 5\% - {\def\rawparameterprefix{#1}% - \expandafter\rawsetparameter#2,]=,} +% \def\rawgetparameters[#1][#2]% scheelt 5\% +% {\def\rawparameterprefix{#1}% +% \expandafter\rawsetparameter#2,]=,} \def\rawsetparameter#1=#2,% {\if]#1\else @@ -34,6 +34,19 @@ \expandafter\rawsetparameter \fi} +% the next one handles empty #1 okay: + +\def\rawgetparameters[#1][#2% some 5-10% faster + {\ifx#2]% test is needed, else bomb on [#1][] + \expandafter\gobbleoneargument + \else + \def\rawparameterprefix{#1}% + \expandafter\dorawgetparameters + \fi#2} + +\def\dorawgetparameters#1]% + {\expandafter\rawsetparameter#1,]=,} + %D \macros %D {doglobal, %D redoglobal,dodoglobal,resetglobal} @@ -1981,21 +1994,19 @@ %D a row. In both commands, the \type{n*} is optional. When this %D specification is missing, the command executes once. -% ! ! ! obsolete ! ! ! +% this one is obsolete: \def\dorepeat[#1]% {\dodorepeat#1*\empty*\relax} \long\def\dodorepeat#1*#2#3*#4\relax - {\ifx#2\empty - #1% - \else - \dorecurse{#1}{#2#3}% - \fi} + {\ifx#2\empty#1\else\dorecurse{#1}{#2#3}\fi} \def\repeater {\recurselevel} +% this one will be kept + \def\dorepeatwithcommand[#1]% {\dodorepeatwithcommand#1*\empty*\relax} @@ -2008,24 +2019,63 @@ % % more complex but better: +% \long\def\dodorepeatwithcommand#1*#2#3*#4\relax#5% +% {\ifx#2\empty +% #5{#1}% +% \else\ifnum#1<\zerocount +% % a la etex +% % \dorecurse{-\numexpr(#1)}{#5{-#2#3}}% +% % indirect +% %\innerrecurse#1% +% %\expanded{\dorecurse{\number-\innerrecurse}}{#5{-#2#3}}% +% % safer: +% \bgroup\scratchcounter#1% +% \expanded{\egroup\noexpand\dorecurse{\number-\scratchcounter}}{#5{-#2#3}}% +% \else\ifx#2+% +% \dorecurse{#1}{#5{#3}}% +% \else +% \dorecurse{#1}{#5{#2#3}}% +% \fi\fi\fi} + +\def\dorepeatwithcommand[#1]% + {\dodorepeatwithcommand#1*\empty*\relax} + \long\def\dodorepeatwithcommand#1*#2#3*#4\relax#5% - {\ifx#2\empty - #5{#1}% + {\ifx#2\empty\redorepeatwithcommand[#1]#5\else\dododorepeatwithcommand{#1}{#2}{#3}#5\fi} + +\long\def\dododorepeatwithcommand#1#2#3#4% + {\ifx#2\empty % redundant but gives cleaner extensions + #4{#1}% \else\ifnum#1<\zerocount - % a la etex - % \dorecurse{-\numexpr(#1)}{#5{-#2#3}}% - % indirect - %\innerrecurse#1% - %\expanded{\dorecurse{\number-\innerrecurse}}{#5{-#2#3}}% - % safer: \bgroup\scratchcounter#1% - \expanded{\egroup\noexpand\dorecurse{\number-\scratchcounter}}{#5{-#2#3}}% + \expanded{\egroup\noexpand\dorecurse{\number-\scratchcounter}}{#4{-#2#3}}% \else\ifx#2+% - \dorecurse{#1}{#5{#3}}% + \dorecurse{#1}{#4{#3}}% \else - \dorecurse{#1}{#5{#2#3}}% + \dorecurse{#1}{#4{#2#3}}% \fi\fi\fi} +\def\redorepeatwithcommand[#1]#2% + {#2{#1}} + +%D The extension hook permits something like: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \bgroup +%D +%D \catcode`\*=\@@superscript +%D +%D \gdef\redorepeatwithcommand[#1]% +%D {\redodorepeatwithcommand#1*\empty*\relax} +%D +%D \long\gdef\redodorepeatwithcommand#1*#2#3*#4\relax#5% +%D {\dododorepeatwithcommand{#1}{#2}{#3}#5} +%D +%D \egroup +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D although one may wonder if changing the catcode of \type {*} is wise. + %D \macros %D {normalbgroup,normalgroup} %D @@ -3747,6 +3797,10 @@ {\mathsurround\zeropoint\everymath\emptytoks$ $}% \fi \fi} +%D And now your version of \TEX\ may provide: + +\ifx\quitvmode\undefined \else \let\dontleavehmode\quitvmode \fi + %D \macros %D {uppercasestring,lowercasestring} %D diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex index d732463c5..5fd300d94 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex @@ -3935,7 +3935,7 @@ %D core modules. \def\definestartstopcommand#1#2#3#4% can be done with \expanded ot better, toks - {\def\!stringa{#3}% % but let's keep this unuded one crappy + {\def\!stringa{#3}% % but let's keep this unused one crappy \def\!stringb{\e!start#2}% \def\!stringc{#4}% \def\!stringd{\e!stop#2}% diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-omg.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-omg.tex index e01bdf371..3e5b4a536 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/syst-omg.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-omg.tex @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ \mathchardef\@@medallocation = 256 \mathchardef\@@maxallocation = 32767 -\chardef\@@insallocation=8 +\chardef\@@insallocation=24 \def\myalloc@#1#2#3#4#5% {\global\advance\count1#1by\@ne diff --git a/tex/context/base/verb-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/verb-ini.tex index 770144263..ce859bee9 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/verb-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/verb-ini.tex @@ -1318,6 +1318,12 @@ \newif\ifnaturaltextext +% \starttyping +% test /naturaltextext\hpos{word}{test}/relax test +% \stoptyping +% +% \MPxy{word} + \beginETEX \scantokens %\def\naturaltextext#1#2\relax @@ -1328,6 +1334,17 @@ \prettynaturalfont{\restorecatcodes\scantokens{\ignorespaces#1}}% \egroup} +% new, test first +% +% \def\naturaltextext#1\relax +% {\bgroup +% \prettynaturalfont +% \def\ascii{#1}% +% \setnormalcatcodes +% \restorecatcodes +% \scantokens\expandafter{\ascii}\ifhmode\unskip\fi +% \egroup} + \endETEX \beginTEX diff --git a/tex/context/base/x-res-01.tex b/tex/context/base/x-res-01.tex index 9b724411f..d28baecf4 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/x-res-01.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/x-res-01.tex @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ background=color, backgroundcolor=gray, foregroundcolor=darkred, - align=normal, + align={lohi,middle}, % normal, frame=off] {\bf \XMLflush{rl:dummy}} \stopbuffer @@ -145,14 +145,14 @@ % Ulgy: -\startnotmode[previewpage-letter,previewpage-S6] - \enablemode[previewpage-A4] -\stopnotmode - \startmode[letter] % downward compatible \enablemode[previewpage-letter] \stopmode +\startnotmode[previewpage-letter,previewpage-S6] + \enablemode[previewpage-A4] +\stopnotmode + %startbuffer[paper] \startsetups[paper] \startmode[previewpage-A4] diff --git a/tex/context/base/xtag-ext.tex b/tex/context/base/xtag-ext.tex index a700fcfae..7d50d6156 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/xtag-ext.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/xtag-ext.tex @@ -147,8 +147,8 @@ % \defineXMLdirective [flowchart] [shapes] \setupFLOWshapes % [#2=#3] % \defineXMLdirective [flowchart] [lines] \setupFLOWlines % [#2=#3] -\defineXMLprocessor [context-begin-group] {\begingroup\gobbleoneargument} -\defineXMLprocessor [context-end-group] {\endgroup \gobbleoneargument} +\defineXMLprocessor [context-begin-group] {\bgroup\gobbleoneargument} +\defineXMLprocessor [context-end-group] {\egroup\gobbleoneargument} % \def\XMLnspart#1:#2\empty{#1} % call ...:\empty\empty % \def\XMLidpart#1:#2#3\empty{\ifx#2\empty#1\else\XMLidpart#2#3\empty\empty\fi} @@ -207,6 +207,12 @@ \@EA\secondoftwoarguments \fi} +\def\doifXMLtextelse#1% new + {\doiftextelse{\simplifyXMLelements#1}} + +\def\doifXMLtext#1#2% new + {\doiftextelse{\simplifyXMLelements#1}{#2}\donothing} + \gdef\convertXMLelement#1\to#2% {\ifcsname\@@XMLsave:#1\endcsname \@EA\convertcommand\csname\@@XMLsave:#1\endcsname\to#2% diff --git a/tex/context/base/xtag-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/xtag-ini.tex index ff475e162..2968c572d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/xtag-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/xtag-ini.tex @@ -179,6 +179,7 @@ \edef\@@XMLdepth {\@@XML dep} % used to track nesting \edef\@@XMLdopth {\@@XML dop} % used to track nesting \edef\@@XMLsave {\@@XML sav} % namespace for saved elements +\edef\@@XMLglobal {\@@XML glb} % global assignment \iffalse % slightly faster @@ -199,6 +200,7 @@ \edef\@@XMLdepth {\@@XML n} % used to track nesting \edef\@@XMLdopth {\@@XML o} % used to track nesting \edef\@@XMLsave {\@@XML p} % namespace for saved elements +\edef\@@XMLglobal {\@@XML x} % global assignment \fi @@ -847,10 +849,13 @@ \def\beginXMLelement {\global\advance\XMLdepth\plusone - \global\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLdepth:\the\XMLdepth\endcsname\currentXMLelement} + \global\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLdepth:\the\XMLdepth\endcsname\currentXMLelement + }%\writestatus{XML TRACE}{[begin] [\the\XMLdepth] [\XMLself]}} \def\endXMLelement - {\global\advance\XMLdepth\minusone} + {%\writestatus{XML TRACE}{[end] [\the\XMLdepth] [\XMLself]}% + \global\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLdepth:\the\XMLdepth\endcsname\undefined + \global\advance\XMLdepth\minusone} % 0 = nothing % 1 = unknown @@ -865,16 +870,16 @@ \ifcase\XMLancestormode\or\s!unknown\or\currentXMLelement\fi \fi} -\def\XMLparent - {\XMLancestor\plusone} - \def\XMLpureancestor#1% {\ifnum\numexpr(\XMLdepth-#1)>0 \csname\@@XMLdepth:\the\numexpr(\XMLdepth-#1)\endcsname \fi} -\def\XMLpureparent - {\XMLpureancestor\plusone} +\def\XMLparent{\XMLancestor\plusone} +\def\XMLself {\XMLancestor\zerocount} + +\def\XMLpureparent{\XMLpureancestor\plusone} +\def\XMLpureself {\XMLpureancestor\zerocount} % \def\XMLpureancestor#1% % {\csname @@ -888,6 +893,87 @@ \def\XMLpureparent {\XMLpureancestor\plusone} +% probleem: depth is vast en dus ook ancestor + +% \XMLinh{...} will backtrack definitions (given that the elements +% use begin/end, the backtracking stops when a non-empty value is +% encountered; maybe we will add some keyword (inherit) some day + +% \def\XMLinh#1% will recurse so no trickery can be used +% {\ifcsname\@@XMLvariable:\XMLpureancestor\plusone:#1\endcsname +% \@EA\@EA\csname\@@XMLvariable:\XMLpureancestor\plusone:#1\endcsname +% \fi} + +\def\XMLinh#1% + {\@EA\ifx\csname\@@XMLvariable:\currentXMLelement:#1\endcsname\empty + \@EA\pXMLinh + \else + \csname\@@XMLvariable:\currentXMLelement:#1\endcsname + \@EA\gobbletwoarguments + \fi\XMLdepth{#1}} + +\def\pXMLinh#1% + {\@EA\ppXMLinh\@EA{\the\numexpr(#1-\plusone)}} + +% \def\ppXMLinh#1#2% +% {\ifcsname\@@XMLvariable:\csname\@@XMLdepth:#1\endcsname:#2\endcsname +% \@EA\ifx\csname\@@XMLvariable:\csname\@@XMLdepth:#1\endcsname:#2\endcsname\empty +% \@EAEAEA\pppXMLinh +% \else +% \csname\@@XMLvariable:\csname\@@XMLdepth:#1\endcsname:#2\endcsname +% \@EAEAEA\gobbletwoarguments +% \fi +% \else +% \@EA\pppXMLinh +% \fi{#1}{#2}} + +% \def\pppXMLinh#1% +% {\ifnum#1>\zerocount +% \@EA\pXMLinh +% \else +% \@EA\gobbletwoarguments +% \fi{#1}} + +\def\ppXMLinh#1#2% + {\@EA\ifx\csname\@@XMLvariable:\csname\@@XMLdepth:#1\endcsname:#2\endcsname\empty + \ifnum#1>\plusone + \@EAEAEA\pXMLinh + \else + \@EAEAEA\gobbletwoarguments + \fi + \else + \csname\@@XMLvariable:\csname\@@XMLdepth:#1\endcsname:#2\endcsname + \@EA\gobbletwoarguments + \fi{#1}{#2}} + +% better +% +% \def\XMLpureancestor#1% +% {\ifcsname\@@XMLdepth:\the\numexpr(\XMLdepth-#1)\endcsname +% \csname\@@XMLdepth:\the\numexpr(\XMLdepth-#1)\endcsname +% \fi} + +% replaces macro in xtag-ini: ! ! ! + +\def\edefXMLop#1#2% \macro{att} + {\edef#1% + {\csname\ifcsname\@@XMLvariable:\ownXMLelement:#2\endcsname + \@@XMLvariable:\ownXMLelement:#2\else\s!empty + \fi\endcsname}} + +\def\edefXMLinh#1#2% \macro{att} + {\edef#1{\XMLinh{#2}}} + +% \def\doifXMLopdef#1#2% \macro{att} +% {\ifcsname\@@XMLvariable:\ownXMLelement:#1\endcsname +% \@EA\let\@EA#1\csname\@@XMLvariable:\ownXMLelement:#1\endcsname +% \expandafter\firstofoneargument +% \else +% \expandafter\gobbleoneargument +% \fi} + +\fetchruntimecommand \tracebackXMLattribute {\f!xtagprefix\s!run} + % \defineXMLenvironment[one] % {\beginXMLelement} % {\endXMLelement} @@ -909,7 +995,7 @@ % {fallback A: \setXMLfallbackmode 0 \processXMLbuffer}\par % {fallback B: \setXMLfallbackmode 1 \processXMLbuffer}\par % {fallback C: \setXMLfallbackmode 2 \processXMLbuffer}\par - + % todo: split #1 into raws en reconstruct, set current etc, push and pop % % \def\beginXMLelement @@ -1285,6 +1371,7 @@ \def\dosetXMLattributeB#1% {\ifx\@@XMLspac\originalXMLnamespace \@EA\def\csname\@@XMLvariable:\@@XMLclass:\@@XMLname\endcsname{#1}% + % maybe some day global handling here as well \fi} % \def\dosetXMLattributeC#1% @@ -1305,10 +1392,9 @@ % \@EA\def\csname\@@XMLvariable:\@@XMLclass:\@@XMLspac:\@@XMLname\endcsname{#1}% % \fi} -\def\dosetXMLattributeD% +\def\dosetXMLattributeD {\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLvariable:\@@XMLclass:\ifx\@@XMLspac - \originalXMLnamespace\currentXMLnamespace\else\@@XMLspac\fi - :\@@XMLname\endcsname} + \originalXMLnamespace\currentXMLnamespace\else\@@XMLspac\fi:\@@XMLname\endcsname} \def\setXMLattributemode#1% {\ifcase#1\relax @@ -1466,6 +1552,22 @@ % % the ugly alternative +% \def\dosetXMLargument#1% ugly alternative +% {\ifXMLnamespace +% \XMLnamespacefalse +% \ifx\@@XMLspac\@@XMLns +% \@EAEAEA\checkXMLnamespaceattr % xmlns:\@@XMLname="#1" +% \else +% \@EAEAEA\dosetXMLattribute % some:\@@XMLname="#1" +% \fi +% \else\ifx\@@XMLname\@@XMLns +% \@EAEAEA\checkXMLnamespaceattr % xmlns="#1" +% \else +% \@EAEAEA\dodosetXMLargument +% \fi\fi{#1}% +% \let\dodoparseXMLarguments\doparseXMLarguments +% \dodoparseXMLarguments} + \def\dosetXMLargument#1% ugly alternative {\ifXMLnamespace \XMLnamespacefalse @@ -1479,10 +1581,22 @@ \else \@EAEAEA\dodosetXMLargument \fi\fi{#1}% + \dodocopyXMLargument \let\dodoparseXMLarguments\doparseXMLarguments \dodoparseXMLarguments} -\def\dodosetXMLargumentA% +\let\dodocopyXMLargument\relax + +\def\dododocopyXMLargument + {\@EA\@EA\@EA\let\@EA\@EA + \csname\@@XMLvariable:\csname\@@XMLglobal:\currentXMLelement\endcsname:\@@XMLname\endcsname + \csname\@@XMLvariable:\@@XMLclass :\@@XMLname\endcsname} + +\def\copyXMLargumentindeed + {\def\dodocopyXMLargument{\ifcsname\@@XMLglobal:\currentXMLelement\endcsname\dododocopyXMLargument\fi}% + \let\copyXMLargumentindeed\relax} + +\def\dodosetXMLargumentA {\@EA\def\csname\@@XMLvariable:\@@XMLclass:\@@XMLname\endcsname} \def\dodosetXMLargumentB#1% @@ -1741,6 +1855,19 @@ \def\defineXMLnestedsave {\dotripleempty\dodefineXMLnestedsave} \def\defineXMLnestedenvironmentsave{\dotripleempty\dodefineXMLnestedenvironmentsave} +%D We can nill definitions with: + +\def\resetXMLelement[#1]{\dododefineXMLprocess{#1}} + +%D This is equivalent to: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\resetXMLelement[#1]% handy in case only singular +%D {\@EA\let\csname\@@XMLelement:#1\endcsname \donothing +%D \@EA\let\csname\@@XMLelement:/#1\endcsname\donothing +%D \@EA\let\csname\@@XMLelement:#1/\endcsname\donothing} +%D \stoptypen + % push is (not yet) a real push, so: \def\defineXMLpush {\dotripleempty\dodefineXMLsave} @@ -2181,6 +2308,11 @@ \def\expandXMLta{\expandXMLarguments\@@XMLmapmap} \def\expandXMLtp{\expandTEXpar\@@XMLmapmap} % #1 +\def\getXMLparameters[#1]% faster than \rawgetparameters[#1][\theXMLar..] + {\ifcsname\@@XMLmap:#1\endcsname + \expanded{\rawgetparameters[#1][\csname\@@XMLmap:#1\endcsname]}% + \fi} + \def\defXMLop#1#2{\@EA\let\@EA#1\csname\@@XMLvariable:\ownXMLelement:#2\endcsname} \def\defXMLtp#1#2{\@EA\let\@EA#1\csname\@@XMLmapmap\interfaced{#2}\endcsname} @@ -2218,7 +2350,7 @@ \protectXMLdata \dostartXMLdata} -\long\def\dostartXMLdata#1\stopXMLdata +\long\def\dostartXMLdata#1\stopXMLdata % evt \everyeof{} {\enableXML\scantokens{#1<gobblespacetokens/>}% \endgroup \ifhmode\unskip\unskip\fi} diff --git a/tex/context/base/xtag-mml.tex b/tex/context/base/xtag-mml.tex index cacdaf4e3..cb2ccaea7 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/xtag-mml.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/xtag-mml.tex @@ -399,7 +399,8 @@ \def\somespaceentity#1#2% {\mathortext {\mskip#1mu} - {\unskip\hskip#2em\strut\hskip\zeropoint\ignorespaces}\relax} + {\ifvmode\dontleavehmode\else\unskip\fi\hskip#2em\strut\hskip\zeropoint\ignorespaces}% + \relax} \defineXMLentity [VeryThinSpace] {\somespaceentity {2}{.125}} \defineXMLentity [ThinSpace] {\somespaceentity {3}{.25}} diff --git a/tex/context/base/xtag-pre.tex b/tex/context/base/xtag-pre.tex index 1c5933f3e..71ea6d04f 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/xtag-pre.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/xtag-pre.tex @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ {\docontextXMLdirective#1 @ @ @\end} \def\docontextXMLdirective#1 #2 #3 #4\end % class variable value - {\csname\@@XMLvariable:#1:#2\endcsname{#3}} + {\expandafter\def\csname\@@XMLvariable:#1:#2\endcsname{#3}} %D A simple processing instruction is the following. It just %D writes a message to the screen. diff --git a/tex/context/base/xtag-run.tex b/tex/context/base/xtag-run.tex index bc88b5cc3..a1ad21bdf 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/xtag-run.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/xtag-run.tex @@ -287,4 +287,19 @@ \showXMLfile{#1} \egroup} +%D + +\gdef\tracebackXMLattribute#1% + {\bgroup + \doloop + {\ifcsname\@@XMLdepth:\recurselevel\endcsname + \edef\!!stringa{\csname\@@XMLdepth:\recurselevel\endcsname}% + \writestatus + {XML TRACE} + {[#1] [\recurselevel] [\!!stringa] [\XMLinh{#1}]}% + \else + \exitloop + \fi}% + \egroup} + \protect \endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/config/cont-usr.tex b/tex/context/config/cont-usr.tex index 22b8a63f5..6c6c2f121 100644 --- a/tex/context/config/cont-usr.tex +++ b/tex/context/config/cont-usr.tex @@ -50,7 +50,17 @@ \definefilesynonym [lang-tr.pat] [trhyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-ua.pat] [ukrenhyp.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-uk.pat] [ukhyphen.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-us.pat] [ushyph1.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-us.pat] [ushyph.tex] + +%D Ah, something changed in 2003 with respect to ushyph.tex, so let's +%D fall back when needed. I first noticed this during a workshop at the +%D practical tex conference 2004 in sf. Yet another proof of a mess in +%D filenames. + + \doiffileelse{ushyph.tex} {\definefilesynonym[lang-us.pat][ushyph.tex]} +{\doiffileelse{ushyph1.tex} {\definefilesynonym[lang-us.pat][ushyph1.tex]} +{\doiffileelse{ushyph2.tex} {\definefilesynonym[lang-us.pat][ushyph2.tex]} + {\definefilesynonym[lang-us.pat][ukhyph.tex]}}} %D When the dutch spelling changed, new patterns were %D constructed. For long these were named \type {dutch96.pat}. @@ -60,11 +70,9 @@ %D files as well as their coding is one of the dark areas of %D \TEX\ distributions. -\doiffileelse{nehyph96.tex} - {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][nehyph96.tex]} - {\doiffileelse{dutch96.pat} - {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][dutch96.pat]} - {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][nehyph.tex]}} + \doiffileelse{nehyph96.tex} {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][nehyph96.tex]} +{\doiffileelse{dutch96.pat} {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][dutch96.pat]} + {\definefilesynonym[lang-nl.pat][nehyph.tex]}} %D Pattern files are (can be) encoded! And, alas, not all %D pattern files are self contained, which is why (for the diff --git a/tex/latex/context/m-ch-de.sty b/tex/latex/context/m-ch-de.sty index 5988d7a53..d35f8cf2d 100644 --- a/tex/latex/context/m-ch-de.sty +++ b/tex/latex/context/m-ch-de.sty @@ -1 +1,19 @@ -\input m-ch-de.tex \relax \endinput +\ProvidesPackage{m-ch-de}[2004/07/30 package wrapper for m-ch-de.tex] + +\newif\ifPPCH@PSTRICKS + +\DeclareOption{pstricks}{\PPCH@PSTRICKStrue} +\DeclareOption{pictex}{\PPCH@PSTRICKSfalse} + +\ExecuteOptions{pictex} +\ProcessOptions\relax + +\ifPPCH@PSTRICKS + \RequirePackage{pstricks,pst-plot} +\else + \RequirePackage{m-pictex} +\fi + +\input{m-ch-de.tex} + +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/latex/context/m-ch-en.sty b/tex/latex/context/m-ch-en.sty index f22512d05..e93a49867 100644 --- a/tex/latex/context/m-ch-en.sty +++ b/tex/latex/context/m-ch-en.sty @@ -1 +1,19 @@ -\input m-ch-en.tex \relax \endinput +\ProvidesPackage{m-ch-en}[2004/07/30 package wrapper for m-ch-en.tex] + +\newif\ifPPCH@PSTRICKS + +\DeclareOption{pstricks}{\PPCH@PSTRICKStrue} +\DeclareOption{pictex}{\PPCH@PSTRICKSfalse} + +\ExecuteOptions{pictex} +\ProcessOptions\relax + +\ifPPCH@PSTRICKS + \RequirePackage{pstricks,pst-plot} +\else + \RequirePackage{m-pictex} +\fi + +\input{m-ch-en.tex} + +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/latex/context/m-ch-nl.sty b/tex/latex/context/m-ch-nl.sty index 29c40be30..6e2b8d43d 100644 --- a/tex/latex/context/m-ch-nl.sty +++ b/tex/latex/context/m-ch-nl.sty @@ -1 +1,19 @@ -\input m-ch-nl.tex \relax \endinput +\ProvidesPackage{m-ch-nl}[2004/07/30 package wrapper for m-ch-nl.tex] + +\newif\ifPPCH@PSTRICKS + +\DeclareOption{pstricks}{\PPCH@PSTRICKStrue} +\DeclareOption{pictex}{\PPCH@PSTRICKSfalse} + +\ExecuteOptions{pictex} +\ProcessOptions\relax + +\ifPPCH@PSTRICKS + \RequirePackage{pstricks,pst-plot} +\else + \RequirePackage{m-pictex} +\fi + +\input{m-ch-nl.tex} + +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/latex/context/m-metapo.sty b/tex/latex/context/m-metapo.sty index c1d9f3a9f..2d568df96 100644 --- a/tex/latex/context/m-metapo.sty +++ b/tex/latex/context/m-metapo.sty @@ -1 +1,5 @@ -\input m-metapo.tex \relax \endinput +\ProvidesPackage{m-metapo}[2004/07/30 package wrapper for m-metapo.tex] + +\input{m-metapo.tex} + +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/latex/context/m-pictex.sty b/tex/latex/context/m-pictex.sty index be5dd8504..18630f2cc 100644 --- a/tex/latex/context/m-pictex.sty +++ b/tex/latex/context/m-pictex.sty @@ -1 +1,5 @@ -\input m-pictex.tex \relax \endinput +\ProvidesPackage{m-pictex}[2004/07/30 package wrapper for m-pictex.tex] + +\input{m-pictex.tex} + +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file |